src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // ============================================================================
  13 // declarations
  14 // ============================================================================
  15
  16 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  17 // headers
  18 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  19
  20 #if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
  21     #pragma implementation "grid.h"
  22 #endif
  23
  24 // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h".
  25 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  26
  27 #include "wx/defs.h"
  28
  29 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  30     #pragma hdrstop
  31 #endif
  32
  33 #if wxUSE_GRID
  34
  35 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  36     #include "wx/utils.h"
  37     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  38     #include "wx/settings.h"
  39     #include "wx/log.h"
  40     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  41     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  42     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  43     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  44     #include "wx/intl.h"
  45 #endif
  46
  47 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  48 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  49 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  50 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  51
  52 #include "wx/grid.h"
  53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  54
  55 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  56     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  57 #else
  58     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  59 #endif
  60
  61 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  62     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  63 #else
  64     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  65 #endif
  66
  67 // Required for wxIs... functions
  68 #include <ctype.h>
  69
  70 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  71 // array classes
  72 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  73
  74 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  75                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  76
  77 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  78 {
  79     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  80         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  81     {
  82     }
  83
  84     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  85     {
  86         attr->DecRef();
  87     }
  88
  89     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  90     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  91
  92 // Cannot do this:
  93 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  94 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  95 };
  96
  97 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  98                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  99
 100 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 101
 102 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 103 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 104
 105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 106 // events
 107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 108
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 122 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 123 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 124 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 125 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 126
 127 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 128 // private classes
 129 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 130
 131 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 132 {
 133 public:
 134     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 135     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 136                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 137
 138 private:
 139     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 140
 141     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 142     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 143     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 144     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 145     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 146     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 147
 148     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 149     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 150     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 151 };
 152
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 158     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 163
 164     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 165     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 166     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 167     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 168     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 169     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 170
 171     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 172     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 173     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 174 };
 175
 176
 177 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 178 {
 179 public:
 180     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 181     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 182                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 183
 184 private:
 185     wxGrid *m_owner;
 186
 187     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 188     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 189     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 190     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 191     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 192     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 193
 194     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 195     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 196     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 197 };
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridWindow()
 203     {
 204         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 205         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 206         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 207     }
 208
 209     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 210                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 211                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 212                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 213     ~wxGridWindow(){}
 214
 215     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 216
 217     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 218
 219 private:
 220     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 221     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 222     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 223
 224     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 225     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 228     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 229     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 230     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 231     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 232
 233     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 234     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 235     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 236 };
 237
 238
 239
 240 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 241 {
 242 public:
 243     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 244         : m_grid(grid),
 245           m_editor(editor),
 246           m_inSetFocus(false)
 247     {
 248     }
 249
 250     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 251     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 252     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 253
 254     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 255
 256 private:
 257     wxGrid*             m_grid;
 258     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 259
 260     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 261     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 262     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 263
 264     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 266     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 267 };
 268
 269
 270 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 271
 272 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 273     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 274     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 275     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 276 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 277
 278
 279
 280 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 281 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 282 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 283
 284 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 285 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 286 {
 287 public:
 288     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 289     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 290     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 291     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 292
 293 private:
 294     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 295     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 296
 297     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 298 };
 299
 300 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 301 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 302 {
 303 public:
 304     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 305     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { }
 306     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 307
 308     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 309     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 310     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 311
 312 private:
 313     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 314     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 315 };
 316
 317 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 318 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 319 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 320 {
 321 public:
 322     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 323     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 324                            m_colAttrs;
 325 };
 326
 327
 328 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 329 // data structures used for the data type registry
 330 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 331
 332 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 333 {
 334     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 335                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 336                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 337         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 338         { }
 339
 340     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 341     {
 342         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 343         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 344     }
 345
 346     wxString            m_typeName;
 347     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 348     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 349
 350     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 351 };
 352
 353
 354 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 355                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 356
 357
 358 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 359 {
 360 public:
 361   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 362     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 363
 364     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 365                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 367
 368     // find one of already registered data types
 369     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 370
 371     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 372     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 373     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 374
 375     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 376     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 377     // registered data type and set params for it
 378     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 379
 380     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 381     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 382
 383 private:
 384     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 385 };
 386
 387 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 388 // conditional compilation
 389 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 390
 391 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 392 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 393 #endif
 394
 395 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 396 // globals
 397 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 398
 399 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 400 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 401     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 402     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 403 #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 404
 405 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 406 // constants
 407 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 408
 409 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 410 wxRect           wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 411
 412 // scroll line size
 413 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 414 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 415 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 416 //
 417 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 418 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 419 //       -- Robin
 420 //
 421 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 422 //       fixing anyhow
 423 //       -- Vadim
 424 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 425 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 426
 427 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 428 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 429 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 430
 431 #if 0
 432 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 433 // private functions
 434 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 435
 436 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 437 {
 438     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 439 }
 440
 441 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 442 {
 443     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 444 }
 445 #endif
 446
 447 // ============================================================================
 448 // implementation
 449 // ============================================================================
 450
 451 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 452 // wxGridCellEditor
 453 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 454
 455 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 456 {
 457     m_control = NULL;
 458     m_attr = NULL;
 459 }
 460
 461
 462 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 463 {
 464     Destroy();
 465 }
 466
 467 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 468                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 469                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 470 {
 471     if ( evtHandler )
 472         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 473 }
 474
 475 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 476                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 477 {
 478     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 479     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 480     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 481     if (gridWindow)
 482         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 483
 484     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 485     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 486     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 487
 488     // redraw the control we just painted over
 489     m_control->Refresh();
 490 }
 491
 492 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 493 {
 494     if (m_control)
 495     {
 496         m_control->PopEventHandler(true /* delete it*/);
 497
 498         m_control->Destroy();
 499         m_control = NULL;
 500     }
 501 }
 502
 503 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 504 {
 505     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 506                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 507     m_control->Show(show);
 508
 509     if ( show )
 510     {
 511         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 512         if ( attr )
 513         {
 514             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 515             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 516
 517             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 518             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 519
 520 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 521 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 522             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 523             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 524 #endif
 525             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 526             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 527         }
 528     }
 529     else
 530     {
 531         // restore the standard colours fonts
 532         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 533         {
 534             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 535             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 536         }
 537
 538         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 539         {
 540             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 541             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 542         }
 543 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 544 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 545         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 546         {
 547             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 548             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 549         }
 550 #endif
 551     }
 552 }
 553
 554 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 555 {
 556     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 557                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 558     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 559 }
 560
 561 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 562 {
 563     event.Skip();
 564 }
 565
 566 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 567 {
 568     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 569     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 570 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 571     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 572     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 573     alt = event.MetaDown();
 574 #endif
 575
 576     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 577     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 578     // through in that case.
 579     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 580         return false;
 581
 582 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 583     int key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 584     bool keyOk = true;
 585
 586     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 587     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 588     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ascii key code but
 589     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 590     if (key <= 127)
 591     {
 592         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 593         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 594     }
 595     return keyOk;
 596 #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
 597     int key = event.GetKeyCode();
 598     if (key <= 255)
 599         return true;
 600     return false;
 601 #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
 602 }
 603
 604 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 605 {
 606     event.Skip();
 607 }
 608
 609 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 610 {
 611 }
 612
 613 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 614
 615 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 616 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 617 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 618
 619 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 620 {
 621     m_maxChars = 0;
 622 }
 623
 624 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 625                                   wxWindowID id,
 626                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 627 {
 628     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 629                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 630 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 631                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 632 #endif
 633                               );
 634
 635     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 636     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 637     {
 638         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 639     }
 640
 641     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 642 }
 643
 644 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 645                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 646 {
 647     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
 648     // flicker
 649 }
 650
 651 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 652 {
 653     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 654
 655     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal
 656     // margins
 657     //
 658     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for
 659     // unix
 660     //
 661 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 662     if (rect.x != 0)
 663     {
 664         rect.x += 1;
 665         rect.y += 1;
 666         rect.width -= 1;
 667         rect.height -= 1;
 668     }
 669 #else // !GTK
 670     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 671
 672 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 673 // when the editor is in the first row.
 674 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 675     int extra_y = 2;
 676 #else
 677     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 678 #endif // MSW
 679
 680 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 681     extra_x *= 2;
 682     extra_y *= 2;
 683 #endif
 684     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 685     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 686     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x );
 687     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y );
 688 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 689
 690     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 691 }
 692
 693 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 694 {
 695     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 696                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 697
 698     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 699
 700     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 701 }
 702
 703 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 704 {
 705     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 706     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 707     Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
 708     Text()->SetFocus();
 709 }
 710
 711 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 712                                    wxGrid* grid)
 713 {
 714     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 715                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 716
 717     bool changed = false;
 718     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 719     if (value != m_startValue)
 720         changed = true;
 721
 722     if (changed)
 723         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 724
 725     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 726     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 727     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 728
 729     return changed;
 730 }
 731
 732
 733 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 734 {
 735     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 736                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 737
 738     DoReset(m_startValue);
 739 }
 740
 741 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 742 {
 743     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 744     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 745 }
 746
 747 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 748 {
 749     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 750 }
 751
 752 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 753 {
 754     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 755     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 756     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 757     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 758
 759     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 760     wxChar ch;
 761     long pos;
 762
 763 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 764     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 765     if (ch <= 127)
 766         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 767 #else
 768     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 769 #endif
 770     switch (ch)
 771     {
 772         case WXK_DELETE:
 773             // delete the character at the cursor
 774             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 775             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 776                 tc->Remove(pos, pos+1);
 777             break;
 778
 779         case WXK_BACK:
 780             // delete the character before the cursor
 781             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 782             if (pos > 0)
 783                 tc->Remove(pos-1, pos);
 784             break;
 785
 786         default:
 787             tc->WriteText(ch);
 788             break;
 789     }
 790 }
 791
 792 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 793                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 794 {
 795 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 796     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 797     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 798     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 799     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 800     Text()->SetValue(s);
 801     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 802 #else
 803     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 804     //
 805     event.Skip();
 806 #endif
 807 }
 808
 809 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 810 {
 811     if ( !params )
 812     {
 813         // reset to default
 814         m_maxChars = 0;
 815     }
 816     else
 817     {
 818         long tmp;
 819         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 820         {
 821             wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
 822         }
 823         else
 824         {
 825             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 826         }
 827     }
 828 }
 829
 830 // return the value in the text control
 831 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 832 {
 833   return Text()->GetValue();
 834 }
 835
 836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 837 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 838 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 839
 840 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 841 {
 842     m_min = min;
 843     m_max = max;
 844 }
 845
 846 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 847                                     wxWindowID id,
 848                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 849 {
 850 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 851     if ( HasRange() )
 852     {
 853         // create a spin ctrl
 854         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 855                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 856                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 857                                    m_min, m_max);
 858
 859         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 860     }
 861     else
 862 #endif
 863     {
 864         // just a text control
 865         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 866
 867 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 868         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 869 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 870     }
 871 }
 872
 873 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 874 {
 875     // first get the value
 876     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 877     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 878     {
 879         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 880     }
 881     else
 882     {
 883         m_valueOld = 0;
 884         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 885         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 886         {
 887             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 888             return;
 889         }
 890     }
 891
 892 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 893     if ( HasRange() )
 894     {
 895         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 896         Spin()->SetFocus();
 897     }
 898     else
 899 #endif
 900     {
 901         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 902     }
 903 }
 904
 905 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 906                                      wxGrid* grid)
 907 {
 908     bool changed;
 909     long value = 0;
 910     wxString text;
 911
 912 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 913     if ( HasRange() )
 914     {
 915         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 916         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 917         if (changed)
 918             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 919     }
 920     else
 921 #endif
 922     {
 923         text = Text()->GetValue();
 924         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 925     }
 926
 927     if ( changed )
 928     {
 929         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 930             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 931         else
 932             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 933     }
 934
 935     return changed;
 936 }
 937
 938 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 939 {
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944     }
 945     else
 946 #endif
 947     {
 948         DoReset(GetString());
 949     }
 950 }
 951
 952 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 953 {
 954     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 955     {
 956         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 957         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 958              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 959         {
 960             return true;
 961         }
 962     }
 963
 964     return false;
 965 }
 966
 967 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 968 {
 969     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 970     if ( !HasRange() )
 971     {
 972         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 973         {
 974             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 975
 976             // skip Skip() below
 977             return;
 978         }
 979     }
 980 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 981     else
 982     {
 983         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 984         {
 985             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 986             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 987             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 988             return;
 989         }
 990     }
 991 #endif
 992     event.Skip();
 993 }
 994
 995 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 996 {
 997     if ( !params )
 998     {
 999         // reset to default
1000         m_min =
1001         m_max = -1;
1002     }
1003     else
1004     {
1005         long tmp;
1006         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1007         {
1008             m_min = (int)tmp;
1009
1010             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1011             {
1012                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1013
1014                 // skip the error message below
1015                 return;
1016             }
1017         }
1018
1019         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1020     }
1021 }
1022
1023 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1024 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1025 {
1026     wxString s;
1027
1028 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1029     if( HasRange() )
1030     {
1031         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1032         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1033     }
1034     else
1035 #endif
1036     {
1037         s = Text()->GetValue();
1038     }
1039
1040     return s;
1041 }
1042
1043 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1044 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1045 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1046
1047 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1048 {
1049     m_width = width;
1050     m_precision = precision;
1051 }
1052
1053 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1054                                    wxWindowID id,
1055                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1056 {
1057     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1058
1059 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1060     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1061 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1062 }
1063
1064 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1065 {
1066     // first get the value
1067     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1068     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1069     {
1070         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1071     }
1072     else
1073     {
1074         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1075         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1076         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1077         {
1078             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1079             return;
1080         }
1081     }
1082
1083     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1084 }
1085
1086 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1087                                      wxGrid* grid)
1088 {
1089     double value = 0.0;
1090     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1091
1092     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld) )
1093     {
1094         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1095             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1096         else
1097             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1098
1099         return true;
1100     }
1101     return false;
1102 }
1103
1104 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1105 {
1106     DoReset(GetString());
1107 }
1108
1109 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1110 {
1111     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1112     char tmpbuf[2];
1113     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1114     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1115     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1116 #if wxUSE_INTL
1117     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1118        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1119 #else
1120     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1121 #endif
1122     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1123          || is_decimal_point )
1124     {
1125         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1126
1127         // skip Skip() below
1128         return;
1129     }
1130
1131     event.Skip();
1132 }
1133
1134 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1135 {
1136     if ( !params )
1137     {
1138         // reset to default
1139         m_width =
1140         m_precision = -1;
1141     }
1142     else
1143     {
1144         long tmp;
1145         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1146         {
1147             m_width = (int)tmp;
1148
1149             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1150             {
1151                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1152
1153                 // skip the error message below
1154                 return;
1155             }
1156         }
1157
1158         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1159     }
1160 }
1161
1162 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1163 {
1164     wxString fmt;
1165     if ( m_width == -1 )
1166     {
1167         // default width/precision
1168         fmt = _T("%f");
1169     }
1170     else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1171     {
1172         // default precision
1173         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1174     }
1175     else
1176     {
1177         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1178     }
1179
1180     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1181 }
1182
1183 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1184 {
1185     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1186     {
1187         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1188         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1189         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1190         char tmpbuf[2];
1191         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1192         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1193         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1194 #if wxUSE_INTL
1195         bool is_decimal_point =
1196             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1197                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1198 #else
1199         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1200 #endif
1201         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1202              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1203               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1204             return true;
1205     }
1206
1207     return false;
1208 }
1209
1210 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1211
1212 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1213
1214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1215 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1216 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1217
1218 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1219                                   wxWindowID id,
1220                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1221 {
1222     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1223                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1224                                wxNO_BORDER);
1225
1226     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1227 }
1228
1229 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1230 {
1231     bool resize = false;
1232     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1233     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1234
1235     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1236     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1237     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1238     {
1239         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1240         size = sizeBest;
1241
1242         resize = true;
1243     }
1244
1245     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1246     {
1247         // leave 1 pixel margin
1248         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1249
1250         resize = true;
1251     }
1252
1253     if ( resize )
1254     {
1255         m_control->SetSize(size);
1256     }
1257
1258     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1259
1260 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1261     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1262     // so shift it to the right
1263     size.x -= 8;
1264 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1265     // here too, but in other way
1266     size.x += 1;
1267     size.y -= 2;
1268 #endif
1269
1270     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1271     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1272     if (GetCellAttr())
1273         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1274
1275     int x = 0, y = 0;
1276     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1277     {
1278         x = r.x + 2;
1279 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1280         x += 2;
1281 #endif
1282         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1283     }
1284     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1285     {
1286         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1287         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1288     }
1289     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1290     {
1291         x = r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2;
1292         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1293     }
1294
1295     m_control->Move(x, y);
1296 }
1297
1298 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1299 {
1300     m_control->Show(show);
1301
1302     if ( show )
1303     {
1304         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1305         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1306     }
1307 }
1308
1309 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1310 {
1311     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1312                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1313
1314     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1315         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1316     else
1317     {
1318         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1319         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1320     }
1321     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1322     CBox()->SetFocus();
1323 }
1324
1325 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1326                                    wxGrid* grid)
1327 {
1328     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1329                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1330
1331     bool changed = false;
1332     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1333     if ( value != m_startValue )
1334         changed = true;
1335
1336     if ( changed )
1337     {
1338         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1339             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1340         else
1341             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1342     }
1343
1344     return changed;
1345 }
1346
1347 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1348 {
1349     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1350                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1351
1352     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1353 }
1354
1355 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1356 {
1357     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1358 }
1359
1360 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1361 {
1362     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1363     {
1364         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1365         switch ( keycode )
1366         {
1367             case WXK_SPACE:
1368             case '+':
1369             case '-':
1370                 return true;
1371         }
1372     }
1373
1374     return false;
1375 }
1376
1377 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1378 {
1379     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1380     switch ( keycode )
1381     {
1382         case WXK_SPACE:
1383             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1384             break;
1385
1386         case '+':
1387             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1388             break;
1389
1390         case '-':
1391             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1392             break;
1393     }
1394 }
1395
1396
1397 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1398 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1399 {
1400   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1401   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1402 }
1403
1404 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1405
1406 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1407
1408 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1409 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1410 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1411
1412 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1413                                                bool allowOthers)
1414     : m_choices(choices),
1415       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1416
1417 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1418                                                const wxString choices[],
1419                                                bool allowOthers)
1420                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1421 {
1422     if ( count )
1423     {
1424         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1425         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1426         {
1427             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1428         }
1429     }
1430 }
1431
1432 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1433 {
1434     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1435     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1436     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1437
1438     return editor;
1439 }
1440
1441 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1442                                     wxWindowID id,
1443                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1444 {
1445     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1446                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1447                                m_choices,
1448                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1449
1450     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1451 }
1452
1453 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1454                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1455 {
1456     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1457     // flicker
1458
1459     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1460     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1461     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1462     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1463 }
1464
1465 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1466 {
1467     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1468                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1469
1470     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1471     if (m_control)
1472         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1473
1474     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1475     if (evtHandler)
1476         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1477
1478     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1479
1480     if (m_allowOthers)
1481         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1482     else
1483     {
1484         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1485         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1486         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1487             pos = 0;
1488         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1489     }
1490     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1491     Combo()->SetFocus();
1492
1493     if (evtHandler)
1494         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1495 }
1496
1497 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1498                                      wxGrid* grid)
1499 {
1500     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1501     if ( value == m_startValue )
1502         return false;
1503
1504     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1505
1506     return true;
1507 }
1508
1509 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1510 {
1511     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1512     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1513 }
1514
1515 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1516 {
1517     if ( !params )
1518     {
1519         // what can we do?
1520         return;
1521     }
1522
1523     m_choices.Empty();
1524
1525     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1526     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1527     {
1528         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1529     }
1530 }
1531
1532 // return the value in the text control
1533 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1534 {
1535   return Combo()->GetValue();
1536 }
1537
1538 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1539
1540 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1541 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1542 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1543
1544 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1545 {
1546     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1547     if (m_inSetFocus)
1548         return;
1549
1550     // accept changes
1551     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1552
1553     event.Skip();
1554 }
1555
1556 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1557 {
1558     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1559     {
1560         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1561             m_editor->Reset();
1562             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1563             break;
1564
1565         case WXK_TAB:
1566             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1567             break;
1568
1569         case WXK_RETURN:
1570         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1571             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1572                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1573             break;
1574
1575         default:
1576             event.Skip();
1577     }
1578 }
1579
1580 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1581 {
1582     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1583     {
1584         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1585         case WXK_TAB:
1586         case WXK_RETURN:
1587         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1588             break;
1589
1590         default:
1591             event.Skip();
1592     }
1593 }
1594
1595 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1596 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1597 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1598 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1599
1600 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1601 {
1602     // nothing to do
1603 }
1604
1605 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1606 {
1607 }
1608
1609 // ============================================================================
1610 // renderer classes
1611 // ============================================================================
1612
1613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1614 // wxGridCellRenderer
1615 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1616
1617 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1618                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1619                               wxDC& dc,
1620                               const wxRect& rect,
1621                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1622                               bool isSelected)
1623 {
1624     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1625
1626     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1627     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1628     {
1629         if ( isSelected )
1630         {
1631             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1632         }
1633         else
1634         {
1635             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1636         }
1637     }
1638     else
1639     {
1640         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1641     }
1642
1643     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1644     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1645 }
1646
1647 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1648 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1649 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1650
1651 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid,
1652                                                      wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1653                                                      wxDC& dc,
1654                                                      bool isSelected)
1655 {
1656     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1657
1658     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1659
1660     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1661     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1662     {
1663       if ( isSelected )
1664       {
1665           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1666           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1667       }
1668       else
1669       {
1670           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1671           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1672       }
1673     }
1674     else
1675     {
1676       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1677       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1678     }
1679
1680     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1681 }
1682
1683 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1684                                                wxDC& dc,
1685                                                const wxString& text)
1686 {
1687     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1688     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1689     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1690     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1691     {
1692         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1693         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1694     }
1695
1696     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1697
1698     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1699 }
1700
1701 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1702                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1703                                              wxDC& dc,
1704                                              int row, int col)
1705 {
1706     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1707 }
1708
1709 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1710                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1711                                     wxDC& dc,
1712                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1713                                     int row, int col,
1714                                     bool isSelected)
1715 {
1716     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1717     rect.Inflate(-1);
1718
1719     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1720     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1721
1722     int hAlign, vAlign;
1723     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1724
1725     int overflowCols = 0;
1726
1727     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1728     {
1729         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1730         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1731         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1732         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0
1733         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1734         {
1735             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1736             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1737             {
1738                 bool is_empty = true;
1739                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
1740                 {
1741                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1742                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1743                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
1744                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
1745                     {
1746                         is_empty = false;
1747                         break;
1748                     }
1749                 }
1750                 if (is_empty)
1751                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1752                 else
1753                 {
1754                     i--;
1755                     break;
1756                 }
1757                 if (rect.width >= best_width) break;
1758             }
1759             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1760             if (overflowCols >= cols) overflowCols = cols - 1;
1761         }
1762
1763         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1764         {
1765             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1766             wxRect clip = rect;
1767             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1768             // draw each overflow cell individually
1769             int col_end = col+cell_cols+overflowCols;
1770             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1771                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1772             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1773             {
1774                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1775                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1776                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1777
1778                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1779                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1780
1781                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1782                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1783                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1784             }
1785
1786             rect = rectCell;
1787             rect.Inflate(-1);
1788             rect.width++;
1789             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1790         }
1791     }
1792
1793     // now we only have to draw the text
1794     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1795
1796     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1797                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1798 }
1799
1800 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1801 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1802 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1803
1804 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1805 {
1806     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1807     wxString text;
1808     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1809     {
1810         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1811     }
1812     else
1813     {
1814         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1815     }
1816
1817     return text;
1818 }
1819
1820 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1821                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1822                                     wxDC& dc,
1823                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1824                                     int row, int col,
1825                                     bool isSelected)
1826 {
1827     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1828
1829     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1830
1831     // draw the text right aligned by default
1832     int hAlign, vAlign;
1833     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1834     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1835
1836     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1837     rect.Inflate(-1);
1838
1839     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1840 }
1841
1842 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1843                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1844                                              wxDC& dc,
1845                                              int row, int col)
1846 {
1847     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1848 }
1849
1850 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1851 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1852 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1853
1854 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1855 {
1856     SetWidth(width);
1857     SetPrecision(precision);
1858 }
1859
1860 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1861 {
1862     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1863     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1864     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1865     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1866
1867     return renderer;
1868 }
1869
1870 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1871 {
1872     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1873
1874     bool hasDouble;
1875     double val;
1876     wxString text;
1877     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1878     {
1879         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1880         hasDouble = true;
1881     }
1882     else
1883     {
1884         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1885         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1886     }
1887
1888     if ( hasDouble )
1889     {
1890         if ( !m_format )
1891         {
1892             if ( m_width == -1 )
1893             {
1894                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
1895                 {
1896                     // default width/precision
1897                     m_format = _T("%f");
1898                 }
1899                 else
1900                 {
1901                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1902                 }
1903             }
1904             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1905             {
1906                 // default precision
1907                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1908             }
1909             else
1910             {
1911                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1912             }
1913         }
1914
1915         text.Printf(m_format, val);
1916
1917     }
1918     //else: text already contains the string
1919
1920     return text;
1921 }
1922
1923 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1924                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1925                                    wxDC& dc,
1926                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
1927                                    int row, int col,
1928                                    bool isSelected)
1929 {
1930     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1931
1932     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1933
1934     // draw the text right aligned by default
1935     int hAlign, vAlign;
1936     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1937     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1938
1939     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1940     rect.Inflate(-1);
1941
1942     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1943 }
1944
1945 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1946                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1947                                             wxDC& dc,
1948                                             int row, int col)
1949 {
1950     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1951 }
1952
1953 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1954 {
1955     if ( !params )
1956     {
1957         // reset to defaults
1958         SetWidth(-1);
1959         SetPrecision(-1);
1960     }
1961     else
1962     {
1963         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
1964         if ( !tmp.empty() )
1965         {
1966             long width;
1967             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
1968             {
1969                 SetWidth((int)width);
1970             }
1971             else
1972             {
1973                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1974             }
1975         }
1976         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
1977         if ( !tmp.empty() )
1978         {
1979             long precision;
1980             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
1981             {
1982                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
1983             }
1984             else
1985             {
1986                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1987             }
1988         }
1989     }
1990 }
1991
1992
1993 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
1995 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1996
1997 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
1998
1999 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2000
2001 // between checkmark and box
2002 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2003
2004 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2005                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2006                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2007                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2008                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2009 {
2010     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2011     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2012     {
2013         // get checkbox size
2014         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2015         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2016         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2017
2018         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2019 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2020         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2021 #endif
2022
2023         delete checkbox;
2024
2025         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2026     }
2027
2028     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2029 }
2030
2031 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2032                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2033                                   wxDC& dc,
2034                                   const wxRect& rect,
2035                                   int row, int col,
2036                                   bool isSelected)
2037 {
2038     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2039
2040     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2041     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2042
2043     // don't draw outside the cell
2044     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2045     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2046     {
2047         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2048         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2049     }
2050
2051     // draw a border around checkmark
2052     int vAlign, hAlign;
2053     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2054
2055     wxRect rectBorder;
2056     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2057     {
2058         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2;
2059         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2060         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2061         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2062     }
2063     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2064     {
2065         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2066         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2067         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2068         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2069     }
2070     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2071     {
2072         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2073         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2074         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2075         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2076     }
2077
2078     bool value;
2079     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2080         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2081     else
2082     {
2083         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2084         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2085     }
2086
2087     if ( value )
2088     {
2089         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2090 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2091         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2092         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2);
2093         rectMark.x++;
2094         rectMark.y++;
2095 #else // !MSW
2096         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2097 #endif // MSW/!MSW
2098
2099         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2100         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2101     }
2102
2103     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2104     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2105     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2106 }
2107
2108 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2109 // wxGridCellAttr
2110 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2111
2112 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2113 {
2114     m_nRef = 1;
2115
2116     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2117
2118     m_renderer = NULL;
2119     m_editor = NULL;
2120
2121     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2122
2123     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2124     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2125
2126     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2127 }
2128
2129 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2130 {
2131     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2132
2133     if ( HasTextColour() )
2134         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2135     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2136         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2137     if ( HasFont() )
2138         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2139     if ( HasAlignment() )
2140         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2141
2142     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2143
2144     if ( m_renderer )
2145     {
2146         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2147         m_renderer->IncRef();
2148     }
2149     if ( m_editor )
2150     {
2151         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2152         m_editor->IncRef();
2153     }
2154
2155     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2156         attr->SetReadOnly();
2157
2158     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2159
2160     return attr;
2161 }
2162
2163 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2164 {
2165     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2166         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2167     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2168         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2169     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2170         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2171     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){
2172         int hAlign, vAlign;
2173         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2174         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2175     }
2176     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2177         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2178
2179     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2180     // m_renderer/m_editor
2181     //
2182     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2183     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2184     {
2185         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2186         m_renderer->IncRef();
2187     }
2188     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2189     {
2190         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2191         m_editor->IncRef();
2192     }
2193     if ( !HasReadWriteMode()  && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2194         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2195
2196     if (!HasOverflowMode()  && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2197         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2198
2199     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2200 }
2201
2202 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2203 {
2204     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2205
2206     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2207     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2208     // set to negative or zero values such that
2209     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2210     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2211
2212     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2213
2214     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) ||
2215                   !((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) ||
2216                   !((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))),
2217                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2218
2219     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2220     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2221 }
2222
2223 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2224 {
2225     if (HasTextColour())
2226     {
2227         return m_colText;
2228     }
2229     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2230     {
2231         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2232     }
2233     else
2234     {
2235         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2236         return wxNullColour;
2237     }
2238 }
2239
2240
2241 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2242 {
2243     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2244         return m_colBack;
2245     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2246         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2247     else
2248     {
2249         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2250         return wxNullColour;
2251     }
2252 }
2253
2254
2255 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2256 {
2257     if (HasFont())
2258         return m_font;
2259     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2260         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2261     else
2262     {
2263         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2264         return wxNullFont;
2265     }
2266 }
2267
2268
2269 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2270 {
2271     if (HasAlignment())
2272     {
2273         if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2274         if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2275     }
2276     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2277         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2278     else
2279     {
2280         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2281     }
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2285 {
2286     if ( num_rows ) *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2287     if ( num_cols ) *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2288 }
2289
2290 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2291 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2292 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2293 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2294 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2295 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2296
2297 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2298 {
2299     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2300
2301     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2302     {
2303         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2304         renderer = m_renderer;
2305         renderer->IncRef();
2306     }
2307     else // no non default cell renderer
2308     {
2309         // get default renderer for the data type
2310         if ( grid )
2311         {
2312             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2313             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2314         }
2315         else
2316         {
2317             renderer = NULL;
2318         }
2319
2320         if ( !renderer )
2321         {
2322             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2323             {
2324                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2325                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2326                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2327             }
2328             else // default grid attr
2329             {
2330                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2331                 renderer = m_renderer;
2332                 if ( renderer )
2333                     renderer->IncRef();
2334             }
2335         }
2336     }
2337
2338     // we're supposed to always find something
2339     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2340
2341     return renderer;
2342 }
2343
2344 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2345 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2346 {
2347     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2348
2349     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2350     {
2351         // use the cells editor if it has one
2352         editor = m_editor;
2353         editor->IncRef();
2354     }
2355     else // no non default cell editor
2356     {
2357         // get default editor for the data type
2358         if ( grid )
2359         {
2360             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2361             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2362         }
2363         else
2364         {
2365             editor = NULL;
2366         }
2367
2368         if ( !editor )
2369         {
2370             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2371             {
2372                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2373                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2374                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2375             }
2376             else // default grid attr
2377             {
2378                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2379                 editor = m_editor;
2380                 if ( editor )
2381                     editor->IncRef();
2382             }
2383         }
2384     }
2385
2386     // we're supposed to always find something
2387     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2388
2389     return editor;
2390 }
2391
2392 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2393 // wxGridCellAttrData
2394 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2395
2396 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2397 {
2398     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2399     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2400     {
2401         // add the attribute
2402         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2403     }
2404     else
2405     {
2406         // free the old attribute
2407         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2408
2409         if ( attr )
2410         {
2411             // change the attribute
2412             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2413         }
2414         else
2415         {
2416             // remove this attribute
2417             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2418         }
2419     }
2420 }
2421
2422 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2423 {
2424     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2425
2426     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2427     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2428     {
2429         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2430         attr->IncRef();
2431     }
2432
2433     return attr;
2434 }
2435
2436 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2437 {
2438     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2439     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2440     {
2441         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2442         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2443         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2444         {
2445             if (numRows > 0)
2446             {
2447                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2448                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2449             }
2450             else if (numRows < 0)
2451             {
2452                 // If rows deleted ...
2453                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2454                 {
2455                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2456                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2457                 }
2458                 else
2459                 {
2460                     // ...or remove the attribute
2461                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2462                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2463                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2464                     n--; count--;
2465                 }
2466             }
2467         }
2468     }
2469 }
2470
2471 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2472 {
2473     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2474     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2475     {
2476         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2477         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2478         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2479         {
2480             if ( numCols > 0 )
2481             {
2482                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2483                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2484             }
2485             else if (numCols < 0)
2486             {
2487                 // If rows deleted ...
2488                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2489                 {
2490                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2491                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2492                 }
2493                 else
2494                 {
2495                     // ...or remove the attribute
2496                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2497                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2498                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2499                     n--; count--;
2500                 }
2501             }
2502         }
2503     }
2504 }
2505
2506 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2507 {
2508     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2509     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2510     {
2511         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2512         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2513         {
2514             return n;
2515         }
2516     }
2517
2518     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2519 }
2520
2521 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2522 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2523 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2524
2525 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2526 {
2527     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2528     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2529     {
2530         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2531     }
2532 }
2533
2534 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2535 {
2536     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2537
2538     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2539     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2540     {
2541         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2542         attr->IncRef();
2543     }
2544
2545     return attr;
2546 }
2547
2548 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2549 {
2550     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2551     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2552     {
2553         // add the attribute
2554         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2555         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2556     }
2557     else
2558     {
2559         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2560         if ( attr )
2561         {
2562             // change the attribute
2563             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2564             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2565         }
2566         else
2567         {
2568             // remove this attribute
2569             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2570             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2571             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2572         }
2573     }
2574 }
2575
2576 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2577 {
2578     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2579     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2580     {
2581         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2582         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2583         {
2584             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2585             {
2586                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2587                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2588             }
2589             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2590             {
2591                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2592                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2593                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2594                 else
2595                 {
2596                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2597                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2598                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2599                     n--; count--;
2600                 }
2601             }
2602         }
2603     }
2604 }
2605
2606 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2607 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2608 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2609
2610 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2611 {
2612     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2613 }
2614
2615 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2616 {
2617     delete m_data;
2618 }
2619
2620 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2621 {
2622     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2623 }
2624
2625 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2626                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2627 {
2628     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2629     if ( m_data )
2630     {
2631         switch(kind)
2632         {
2633             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2634                 //Get cached merge attributes.
2635                 // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable
2636                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2637                 if(!attr)
2638                 {
2639                     //Basicaly implement old version.
2640                     //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2641                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2642                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2643                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2644
2645                     if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){
2646                         // Two or more are non NULL
2647                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2648                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2649
2650                         //Order important..
2651                         if(attrcell){
2652                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2653                             attrcell->DecRef();
2654                         }
2655                         if(attrcol){
2656                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2657                             attrcol->DecRef();
2658                         }
2659                         if(attrrow){
2660                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2661                             attrrow->DecRef();
2662                         }
2663                         //store merge attr if cache implemented
2664                         //attr->IncRef();
2665                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2666                     }
2667                     else
2668                     {
2669                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2670                         if(attrrow) attr = attrrow;
2671                         if(attrcol)
2672                         {
2673                             if(attr)
2674                                 attr->DecRef();
2675                             attr = attrcol;
2676                         }
2677                         if(attrcell)
2678                         {
2679                             if(attr)
2680                                 attr->DecRef();
2681                             attr = attrcell;
2682                         }
2683                     }
2684                 }
2685             break;
2686             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2687                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2688             break;
2689             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2690                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2691             break;
2692             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2693                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2694             break;
2695             default:
2696                 // unused as yet...
2697                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2698                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2699             break;
2700         }
2701     }
2702     return attr;
2703 }
2704
2705 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2706                                      int row, int col)
2707 {
2708     if ( !m_data )
2709         InitData();
2710
2711     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2712 }
2713
2714 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2715 {
2716     if ( !m_data )
2717         InitData();
2718
2719     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2720 }
2721
2722 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2723 {
2724     if ( !m_data )
2725         InitData();
2726
2727     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2728 }
2729
2730 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2731 {
2732     if ( m_data )
2733     {
2734         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2735
2736         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2737     }
2738 }
2739
2740 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2741 {
2742     if ( m_data )
2743     {
2744         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2745
2746         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2747     }
2748 }
2749
2750 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2751 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2752 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2753
2754 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2757     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2758         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2759 }
2760
2761
2762 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2763                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2764                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2765 {
2766     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2767
2768     // is it already registered?
2769     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2770     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2771     {
2772         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2773         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2774     }
2775     else
2776     {
2777         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2778     }
2779 }
2780
2781 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2782 {
2783     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2784     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2785     {
2786         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2787         {
2788             return i;
2789         }
2790     }
2791
2792     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2793 }
2794
2795 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2796 {
2797     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2798     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2799     {
2800         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2801         // register it "on the fly"
2802 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2803         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2804         {
2805             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2806                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2807                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2808         } else
2809 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2810 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2811         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2812         {
2813             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2814                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2815                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2816         } else
2817 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2818 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2819         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2820         {
2821             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2822                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2823                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2824         }
2825         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2826         {
2827             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2828                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2829                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2830         } else
2831 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2832 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2833         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2834         {
2835             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2836                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2837                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2838         } else
2839 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2840         {
2841             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2842         }
2843
2844         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2845         // the last index
2846         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2847     }
2848
2849     return index;
2850 }
2851
2852 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2853 {
2854     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2855     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2856     {
2857         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2858         // are the parameters for the renderer
2859         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2860         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2861         {
2862             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2863         }
2864
2865         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
2866         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
2867         renderer = renderer->Clone();
2868         rendererOld->DecRef();
2869
2870         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
2871         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
2872         editor = editor->Clone();
2873         editorOld->DecRef();
2874
2875         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
2876         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
2877         renderer->SetParameters(params);
2878         editor->SetParameters(params);
2879
2880         // register the new typename
2881         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
2882
2883         // we just registered it, it's the last one
2884         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2885     }
2886
2887     return index;
2888 }
2889
2890 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
2891 {
2892     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
2893     if (renderer)
2894         renderer->IncRef();
2895     return renderer;
2896 }
2897
2898 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
2899 {
2900     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
2901     if (editor)
2902         editor->IncRef();
2903     return editor;
2904 }
2905
2906 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2907 // wxGridTableBase
2908 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2909
2910 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
2911
2912
2913 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
2914 {
2915     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
2916     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
2917 }
2918
2919 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
2920 {
2921     delete m_attrProvider;
2922 }
2923
2924 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
2925 {
2926     delete m_attrProvider;
2927     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
2928 }
2929
2930 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
2931 {
2932     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
2933     {
2934         // use the default attr provider by default
2935         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
2936     }
2937     return true;
2938 }
2939
2940 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
2941 {
2942     if ( m_attrProvider )
2943         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
2944     else
2945         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2946 }
2947
2948
2949 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
2950 {
2951     if ( m_attrProvider )
2952     {
2953         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
2954         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2955     }
2956     else
2957     {
2958         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2959         // free it now
2960         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2961     }
2962 }
2963
2964 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2965 {
2966     if ( m_attrProvider )
2967     {
2968         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
2969         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
2970     }
2971     else
2972     {
2973         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2974         // free it now
2975         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2976     }
2977 }
2978
2979 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2980 {
2981     if ( m_attrProvider )
2982     {
2983         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
2984         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
2985     }
2986     else
2987     {
2988         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2989         // free it now
2990         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2991     }
2992 }
2993
2994 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2995                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2996 {
2997     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
2998
2999     return false;
3000 }
3001
3002 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3003 {
3004     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3005
3006     return false;
3007 }
3008
3009 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3010                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3011 {
3012     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3013
3014     return false;
3015 }
3016
3017 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3018                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3019 {
3020     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3021
3022     return false;
3023 }
3024
3025 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3026 {
3027     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3028
3029     return false;
3030 }
3031
3032 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3033                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3034 {
3035     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3036
3037     return false;
3038 }
3039
3040
3041 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3042 {
3043     wxString s;
3044     s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter
3045                   //     how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3046     return s;
3047 }
3048
3049 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3050 {
3051     // default col labels are:
3052     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3053     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3054     //   etc.
3055
3056     wxString s;
3057     unsigned int i, n;
3058     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3059     {
3060         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 ));
3061         col = col/26 - 1;
3062         if ( col < 0 ) break;
3063     }
3064
3065     // reverse the string...
3066     wxString s2;
3067     for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
3068     {
3069         s2 += s[n-i-1];
3070     }
3071
3072     return s2;
3073 }
3074
3075
3076 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3077 {
3078     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3079 }
3080
3081 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3082                                      const wxString& typeName )
3083 {
3084     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3085 }
3086
3087 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3088 {
3089     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3090 }
3091
3092 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3093 {
3094     return 0;
3095 }
3096
3097 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3098 {
3099     return 0.0;
3100 }
3101
3102 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3103 {
3104     return false;
3105 }
3106
3107 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3108                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3109 {
3110 }
3111
3112 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3113                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3114 {
3115 }
3116
3117 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3118                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3119 {
3120 }
3121
3122
3123 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3124                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3125 {
3126     return NULL;
3127 }
3128
3129 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3130                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3131                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3132 {
3133 }
3134
3135 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3136 //
3137 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3138 // to the grid view
3139 //
3140
3141 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3142 {
3143     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3144     m_id = -1;
3145     m_comInt1 = -1;
3146     m_comInt2 = -1;
3147 }
3148
3149 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3150                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3151 {
3152     m_table = table;
3153     m_id = id;
3154     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3155     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3156 }
3157
3158
3159
3160 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3161 //
3162 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3163 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3164 //
3165
3166 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3167
3168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3169
3170 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3171         : wxGridTableBase()
3172 {
3173 }
3174
3175 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3176         : wxGridTableBase()
3177 {
3178     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3179
3180     wxArrayString sa;
3181     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3182     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3183
3184     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3185 }
3186
3187 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3188 {
3189 }
3190
3191 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3192 {
3193     return m_data.GetCount();
3194 }
3195
3196 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3197 {
3198     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3199         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3200     else
3201         return 0;
3202 }
3203
3204 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3205 {
3206     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3207                  wxEmptyString,
3208                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3209
3210     return m_data[row][col];
3211 }
3212
3213 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3214 {
3215     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3216                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3217
3218     m_data[row][col] = value;
3219 }
3220
3221 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3222 {
3223     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3224                  true,
3225                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3226
3227     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3228 }
3229
3230 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3231 {
3232     int row, col;
3233     int numRows, numCols;
3234
3235     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3236     if ( numRows > 0 )
3237     {
3238         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3239
3240         for ( row = 0;  row < numRows;  row++ )
3241         {
3242             for ( col = 0;  col < numCols;  col++ )
3243             {
3244                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3245             }
3246         }
3247     }
3248 }
3249
3250
3251 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3252 {
3253     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3254     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3255                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3256
3257     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3258     {
3259         return AppendRows( numRows );
3260     }
3261
3262     wxArrayString sa;
3263     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3264     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3265     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3266     if ( GetView() )
3267     {
3268         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3269                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3270                                 pos,
3271                                 numRows );
3272
3273         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3274     }
3275
3276     return true;
3277 }
3278
3279 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3280 {
3281     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3282     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3283                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3284
3285     wxArrayString sa;
3286     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3287     {
3288         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3289         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3290     }
3291
3292     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3293
3294     if ( GetView() )
3295     {
3296         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3297                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3298                                 numRows );
3299
3300         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3301     }
3302
3303     return true;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3307 {
3308     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3309
3310     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3311     {
3312         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3313                     (
3314                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3315                         (unsigned long)pos,
3316                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3317                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3318                     ) );
3319
3320         return false;
3321     }
3322
3323     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3324     {
3325         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3326     }
3327
3328     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3329     {
3330         m_data.Clear();
3331     }
3332     else
3333     {
3334         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3335     }
3336     if ( GetView() )
3337     {
3338         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3339                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3340                                 pos,
3341                                 numRows );
3342
3343         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3344     }
3345
3346     return true;
3347 }
3348
3349 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3350 {
3351     size_t row, col;
3352
3353     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3354     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3355                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3356
3357     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3358     {
3359         return AppendCols( numCols );
3360     }
3361
3362     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3363     {
3364         for ( col = pos;  col < pos + numCols;  col++ )
3365         {
3366             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3367         }
3368     }
3369     if ( GetView() )
3370     {
3371         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3372                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3373                                 pos,
3374                                 numCols );
3375
3376         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3377     }
3378
3379     return true;
3380 }
3381
3382 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3383 {
3384     size_t row;
3385
3386     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3387 #if 0
3388     if ( !curNumRows )
3389     {
3390         // TODO: something better than this ?
3391         //
3392         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3393         return false;
3394     }
3395 #endif
3396
3397     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3398     {
3399         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3400     }
3401
3402     if ( GetView() )
3403     {
3404         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3405                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3406                                 numCols );
3407
3408         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3409     }
3410
3411     return true;
3412 }
3413
3414 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3415 {
3416     size_t row;
3417
3418     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3419     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3420                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3421
3422     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3423     {
3424         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3425                     (
3426                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3427                         (unsigned long)pos,
3428                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3429                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3430                     ) );
3431         return false;
3432     }
3433
3434     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3435     {
3436         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3437     }
3438
3439     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3440     {
3441         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3442         {
3443             m_data[row].Clear();
3444         }
3445         else
3446         {
3447             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3448         }
3449     }
3450     if ( GetView() )
3451     {
3452         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3453                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3454                                 pos,
3455                                 numCols );
3456
3457         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3458     }
3459
3460     return true;
3461 }
3462
3463 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3464 {
3465     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3466     {
3467         // using default label
3468         //
3469         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3470     }
3471     else
3472     {
3473         return m_rowLabels[ row ];
3474     }
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3478 {
3479     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3480     {
3481         // using default label
3482         //
3483         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3484     }
3485     else
3486     {
3487         return m_colLabels[ col ];
3488     }
3489 }
3490
3491 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3492 {
3493     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3494     {
3495         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3496         int i;
3497         for ( i = n;  i <= row;  i++ )
3498         {
3499             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3500         }
3501     }
3502
3503     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3504 }
3505
3506 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3507 {
3508     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3509     {
3510         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3511         int i;
3512         for ( i = n;  i <= col;  i++ )
3513         {
3514             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3515         }
3516     }
3517
3518     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3519 }
3520
3521
3522
3523 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3524 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3525
3526 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3527
3528 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3529     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3530     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3531     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3532     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3533     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3534     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3535 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3536
3537 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3538                                             wxWindowID id,
3539                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3540   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3541 {
3542     m_owner = parent;
3543 }
3544
3545 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3546 {
3547     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3548
3549     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3550     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3551     // set the y coord  - MB
3552     //
3553     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3554
3555     int x, y;
3556     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3557     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3558
3559     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3560     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows );
3561 }
3562
3563
3564 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3565 {
3566     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3567 }
3568
3569
3570 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3571 {
3572     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3573 }
3574
3575
3576 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3577 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3578 //
3579 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3580 {
3581     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3582 }
3583
3584 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3585 {
3586     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3587 }
3588
3589 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3590 {
3591     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3592 }
3593
3594
3595
3596 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3597
3598 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3599
3600 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3601     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3602     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3603     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3604     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3605     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3606     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3607 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3608
3609 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3610                                             wxWindowID id,
3611                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3612   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3613 {
3614     m_owner = parent;
3615 }
3616
3617 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3618 {
3619     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3620
3621     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3622     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3623     // set the x coord  - MB
3624     //
3625     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3626
3627     int x, y;
3628     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3629     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3630
3631     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3632     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols );
3633 }
3634
3635
3636 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3637 {
3638     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3639 }
3640
3641 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3642 {
3643     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3644 }
3645
3646
3647 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3648 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3649 //
3650 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3651 {
3652     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3653 }
3654
3655 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3656 {
3657     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3658 }
3659
3660 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3661 {
3662     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3663 }
3664
3665
3666 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3667
3668 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3669
3670 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3671     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3672     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3673     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint)
3674     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3675     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3676     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3677 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3678
3679 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3680                                                   wxWindowID id,
3681                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3682   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3683 {
3684     m_owner = parent;
3685 }
3686
3687 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3688 {
3689     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3690
3691     int client_height = 0;
3692     int client_width = 0;
3693     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3694
3695 #if __WXGTK__
3696     wxRect rect;
3697     rect.SetX( 1 );
3698     rect.SetY( 1 );
3699     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3700     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3701
3702     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3703 #else
3704     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
3705     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 );
3706     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 );
3707     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3708     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3709
3710     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3711     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width-1, 1 );
3712     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height-1 );
3713 #endif
3714 }
3715
3716
3717 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3718 {
3719     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3720 }
3721
3722
3723 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3724 {
3725     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3726 }
3727
3728 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3729 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3730 //
3731 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3732 {
3733     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3734 }
3735
3736 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3737 {
3738     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3739 }
3740
3741 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3742 {
3743     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3744 }
3745
3746
3747 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3748
3749 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3750
3751 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3752     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3753     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3754     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3755     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3756     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3757     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3758     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3759     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3760     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3761 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3762
3763 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3764                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3765                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3766                             wxWindowID id,
3767                             const wxPoint &pos,
3768                             const wxSize &size )
3769             : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3770                         wxT("grid window") )
3771
3772 {
3773     m_owner = parent;
3774     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3775     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3776 }
3777
3778
3779 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3780 {
3781     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3782     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3783     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3784     wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3785     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells);
3786 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3787     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3788 #endif
3789     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3790     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells );
3791 }
3792
3793
3794 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3795 {
3796     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3797     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3798     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3799 }
3800
3801
3802 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3803 {
3804     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3805         SetFocus();
3806
3807     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3808 }
3809
3810 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3811 {
3812     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3813 }
3814
3815 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3816 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3817 //
3818 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3819 {
3820     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3821 }
3822
3823 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3824 {
3825     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3826 }
3827
3828 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3829 {
3830     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3831 }
3832
3833 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3834 {
3835 }
3836
3837 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3838 {
3839     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3840         event.Skip();
3841 }
3842
3843 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3844
3845 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3846 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3847 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3848 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3849
3850 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3851
3852 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
3853                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
3854                            bool clipToMinMax);
3855
3856 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
3857                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
3858                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
3859 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
3860                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
3861                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
3862 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3863
3864 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
3865 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3866
3867 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3868     // new style border flags, we put them first to
3869     // use them for streaming out
3870     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
3871     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
3872     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
3873     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
3874     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
3875     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
3876
3877     // old style border flags
3878     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
3879     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
3880     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
3881     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
3882     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
3883     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
3884
3885     // standard window styles
3886     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
3887     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
3888     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
3889     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
3890     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
3891     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
3892     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
3893     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
3894
3895 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3896
3897 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
3898
3899 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
3900     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
3901     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
3902 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
3903
3904 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
3905 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
3906
3907 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
3908
3909 /*
3910  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (\81à la NotebookPageInfo)
3911 */
3912 #else
3913 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3914 #endif
3915
3916 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3917     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
3918     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
3919     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
3920     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
3921     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
3922     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
3923 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3924
3925 wxGrid::wxGrid()
3926 {
3927     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
3928     // trigerred in a unfinished state
3929     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL ;
3930     m_rowLabelWin = NULL ;
3931     m_colLabelWin = NULL ;
3932     m_gridWin = NULL ;
3933 }
3934
3935 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
3936                  wxWindowID id,
3937                  const wxPoint& pos,
3938                  const wxSize& size,
3939                  long style,
3940                  const wxString& name )
3941   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
3942     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
3943     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
3944 {
3945     Create();
3946     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3947 }
3948
3949 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
3950                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
3951                           long style, const wxString& name)
3952 {
3953     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
3954                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
3955         return false;
3956
3957     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3958     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3959
3960     Create() ;
3961     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3962
3963     return true;
3964 }
3965
3966
3967 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
3968 {
3969     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
3970     SetTargetWindow(this);
3971     ClearAttrCache();
3972     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
3973
3974 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
3975     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
3976     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
3977                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
3978              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
3979              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
3980 #endif
3981
3982     if (m_ownTable)
3983         delete m_table;
3984
3985     delete m_typeRegistry;
3986     delete m_selection;
3987 }
3988
3989
3990 //
3991 // ----- internal init and update functions
3992 //
3993
3994 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
3995 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
3996 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
3997
3998 #if _USE_VISATTR
3999 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4000 #endif
4001
4002 void wxGrid::Create()
4003 {
4004     m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid
4005
4006     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4007     m_ownTable     = false;
4008
4009     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4010
4011     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4012
4013     // Set default cell attributes
4014     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4015     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4016     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4017     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4018     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4019     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4020
4021 #if _USE_VISATTR
4022     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4023     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4024
4025     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4026     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4027
4028 #else
4029     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4030         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4031     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4032         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4033 #endif
4034
4035     m_numRows = 0;
4036     m_numCols = 0;
4037     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4038
4039     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4040     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4041
4042     // create the type registry
4043     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4044     m_selection = NULL;
4045
4046     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4047     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4048                                                     wxID_ANY,
4049                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4050                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4051
4052     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4053                                               wxID_ANY,
4054                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4055                                               wxDefaultSize );
4056
4057     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4058                                               wxID_ANY,
4059                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4060                                               wxDefaultSize );
4061
4062     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4063                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4064                                   m_colLabelWin,
4065                                   wxID_ANY,
4066                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4067                                   wxDefaultSize );
4068
4069     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4070
4071 #if _USE_VISATTR
4072     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4073     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4074     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4075     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4076 #else
4077     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4078     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4079     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4080     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4081 #endif
4082     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4083     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4084     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4085     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4086     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4087     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4088
4089     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4090     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4091
4092     Init();
4093 }
4094
4095
4096 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4097                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4098 {
4099     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4100                  false,
4101                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4102
4103     m_numRows = numRows;
4104     m_numCols = numCols;
4105
4106     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4107     m_table->SetView( this );
4108     m_ownTable = true;
4109     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4110
4111     CalcDimensions();
4112
4113     m_created = true;
4114
4115     return m_created;
4116 }
4117
4118 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4119 {
4120     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4121                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4122
4123     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4124 }
4125
4126 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4127 {
4128     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4129                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4130
4131     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4132 }
4133
4134 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4135                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4136 {
4137     if ( m_created )
4138     {
4139         // stop all processing
4140         m_created = false;
4141
4142         if (m_ownTable)
4143         {
4144             wxGridTableBase *t=m_table;
4145             m_table=0;
4146             delete t;
4147         }
4148         delete m_selection;
4149
4150         m_table=0;
4151         m_selection=0;
4152         m_numRows=0;
4153         m_numCols=0;
4154     }
4155     if (table)
4156     {
4157         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4158         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4159
4160         m_table = table;
4161         m_table->SetView( this );
4162         if (takeOwnership)
4163             m_ownTable = true;
4164         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4165
4166         CalcDimensions();
4167
4168         m_created = true;
4169     }
4170
4171     return m_created;
4172 }
4173
4174
4175 void wxGrid::Init()
4176 {
4177     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4178     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4179
4180     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4181     {
4182         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4183     }
4184     else
4185     {
4186         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") );
4187     }
4188
4189     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") );
4190
4191     // init attr cache
4192     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4193     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4194     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4195
4196     // TODO: something better than this ?
4197     //
4198     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4199     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4200
4201     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4202     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4203
4204     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4205     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4206     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4207
4208     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4209     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4210
4211     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4212     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4213
4214 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4215     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4216 #else
4217     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4218 #endif
4219
4220     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4221     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4222     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4223     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4224     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4225
4226     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4227     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4228     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4229     m_canDragColSize = true;
4230     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4231     m_canDragCell = false;
4232     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4233     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4234     m_isDragging = false;
4235     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4236
4237     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4238
4239     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4240     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4241
4242     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4243
4244     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4245     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4246     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4247     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4248
4249     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4250
4251     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4252     m_batchCount = 0;
4253
4254     m_extraWidth =
4255     m_extraHeight = 0;
4256
4257     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4258     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4259 }
4260
4261 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4262 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4263 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4264 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4265 // arrays at all
4266 //
4267 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4268 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4269 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4270
4271 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4272 {
4273     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4274     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4275
4276     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4277     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4278
4279     int rowBottom = 0;
4280
4281     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4282
4283     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4284     {
4285         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4286         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4287     }
4288 }
4289
4290 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4291 {
4292     m_colWidths.Empty();
4293     m_colRights.Empty();
4294
4295     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4296     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4297     int colRight = 0;
4298
4299     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4300
4301     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4302     {
4303         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4304         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4305     }
4306 }
4307
4308 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4309 {
4310     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4311 }
4312
4313 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4314 {
4315     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4316                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4317 }
4318
4319 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4320 {
4321     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4322                                  : m_colRights[col];
4323 }
4324
4325 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4326 {
4327     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4328 }
4329
4330 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4331 {
4332     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4333                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4334 }
4335
4336 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4337 {
4338     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4339                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4340 }
4341
4342 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4343 {
4344     int cw, ch;
4345     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4346
4347     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4348         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4349     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4350         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4351
4352     // grid total size
4353     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4354     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4355
4356     // take into account editor if shown
4357     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4358     {
4359       int w2, h2;
4360       int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4361       int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4362       int x = GetColLeft(c);
4363       int y = GetRowTop(r);
4364
4365       // how big is the editor
4366       wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4367       wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4368       editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4369       w2 += x;
4370       h2 += y;
4371       if( w2 > w ) w = w2;
4372       if( h2 > h ) h = h2;
4373       editor->DecRef();
4374       attr->DecRef();
4375     }
4376
4377     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4378     int x, y;
4379     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4380
4381     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4382     if ( x >= w )
4383         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4384     if ( y >= h )
4385         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4386
4387     // do set scrollbar parameters
4388     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4389                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4390                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4391
4392     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4393     // still must reposition the children
4394     CalcWindowSizes();
4395 }
4396
4397
4398 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4399 {
4400     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4401
4402     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4403         return ;
4404
4405     int cw, ch;
4406     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4407
4408     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4409         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4410
4411     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4412         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4413
4414     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4415         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4416
4417     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4418         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4419 }
4420
4421
4422 // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
4423 // has been redimensioned
4424 //
4425 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4426 {
4427     int i;
4428     bool result = false;
4429
4430     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4431     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4432     ClearAttrCache();
4433     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4434     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4435     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4436     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4437     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4438     HideCellEditControl();
4439 #if 0
4440     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4441     // now
4442     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4443     {
4444         InitColWidths();
4445     }
4446
4447     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4448     {
4449         InitRowHeights();
4450     }
4451 #endif
4452
4453     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4454     {
4455         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4456         {
4457             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4458             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4459
4460             m_numRows += numRows;
4461
4462             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4463             {
4464                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4465                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4466
4467                 int bottom = 0;
4468                 if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1];
4469
4470                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4471                 {
4472                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4473                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4474                 }
4475             }
4476             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4477             {
4478                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4479                 // cell will be undefined...
4480                 //
4481                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4482             }
4483
4484             if ( m_selection )
4485                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4486             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4487             if (attrProvider)
4488                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4489
4490             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4491             {
4492                 CalcDimensions();
4493                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4494             }
4495         }
4496         result = true;
4497         break;
4498
4499         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4500         {
4501             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4502             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4503             m_numRows += numRows;
4504
4505             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4506             {
4507                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4508                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4509
4510                 int bottom = 0;
4511                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1];
4512
4513                 for ( i = oldNumRows;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4514                 {
4515                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4516                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4517                 }
4518             }
4519             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4520             {
4521                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4522                 // cell will be undefined...
4523                 //
4524                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4525             }
4526             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4527             {
4528                 CalcDimensions();
4529                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4530             }
4531         }
4532         result = true;
4533         break;
4534
4535         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4536         {
4537             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4538             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4539             m_numRows -= numRows;
4540
4541             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4542             {
4543                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4544                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4545
4546                 int h = 0;
4547                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4548                 {
4549                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4550                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4551                 }
4552             }
4553             if ( !m_numRows )
4554             {
4555                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4556             }
4557             else
4558             {
4559                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4560                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4561             }
4562
4563             if ( m_selection )
4564                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4565             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4566             if (attrProvider) {
4567                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4568 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4569 #if 0
4570                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4571                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4572                 // all column attributes.
4573                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4574                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4575                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4576                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4577 #endif
4578             }
4579             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4580             {
4581                 CalcDimensions();
4582                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4583             }
4584         }
4585         result = true;
4586         break;
4587
4588         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4589         {
4590             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4591             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4592             m_numCols += numCols;
4593
4594             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4595             {
4596                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4597                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4598
4599                 int right = 0;
4600                 if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1];
4601
4602                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4603                 {
4604                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4605                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4606                 }
4607             }
4608             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4609             {
4610                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4611                 // cell will be undefined...
4612                 //
4613                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4614             }
4615
4616             if ( m_selection )
4617                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4618             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4619             if (attrProvider)
4620                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4621             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4622             {
4623                 CalcDimensions();
4624                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4625             }
4626
4627         }
4628         result = true;
4629         break;
4630
4631         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4632         {
4633             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4634             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4635             m_numCols += numCols;
4636             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4637             {
4638                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4639                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4640
4641                 int right = 0;
4642                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1];
4643
4644                 for ( i = oldNumCols;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4645                 {
4646                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4647                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4648                 }
4649             }
4650             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4651             {
4652                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4653                 // cell will be undefined...
4654                 //
4655                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4656             }
4657             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4658             {
4659                 CalcDimensions();
4660                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4661             }
4662         }
4663         result = true;
4664         break;
4665
4666         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4667         {
4668             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4669             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4670             m_numCols -= numCols;
4671
4672             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4673             {
4674                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4675                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4676
4677                 int w = 0;
4678                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4679                 {
4680                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4681                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4682                 }
4683             }
4684             if ( !m_numCols )
4685             {
4686                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4687             }
4688             else
4689             {
4690                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4691                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4692             }
4693
4694             if ( m_selection )
4695                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4696             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4697             if (attrProvider) {
4698                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4699 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4700 #if 0
4701                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4702                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4703                 // all row attributes.
4704                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4705                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4706                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4707                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4708 #endif
4709             }
4710             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4711             {
4712                 CalcDimensions();
4713                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4714             }
4715         }
4716         result = true;
4717         break;
4718     }
4719
4720     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4721         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4722     return result;
4723 }
4724
4725
4726 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4727 {
4728     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4729     wxRect r;
4730
4731     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4732
4733     int top, bottom;
4734     while ( iter )
4735     {
4736         r = iter.GetRect();
4737
4738         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4739         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4740         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4741         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4742         //
4743 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4744         int cw, ch;
4745         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4746         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4747         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4748 #endif
4749
4750         // logical bounds of update region
4751         //
4752         int dummy;
4753         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4754         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4755
4756         // find the row labels within these bounds
4757         //
4758         int row;
4759         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4760         {
4761             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4762                 continue;
4763
4764             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4765                 break;
4766
4767             rowlabels.Add( row );
4768         }
4769
4770         ++iter;
4771     }
4772
4773     return rowlabels;
4774 }
4775
4776
4777 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4778 {
4779     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4780     wxRect r;
4781
4782     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4783
4784     int left, right;
4785     while ( iter )
4786     {
4787         r = iter.GetRect();
4788
4789         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4790         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4791         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4792         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4793         //
4794 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4795         int cw, ch;
4796         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4797         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4798         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4799 #endif
4800
4801         // logical bounds of update region
4802         //
4803         int dummy;
4804         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4805         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4806
4807         // find the cells within these bounds
4808         //
4809         int col;
4810         for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4811         {
4812             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4813                 continue;
4814
4815             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4816                 break;
4817
4818             colLabels.Add( col );
4819         }
4820
4821         ++iter;
4822     }
4823     return colLabels;
4824 }
4825
4826
4827 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4828 {
4829     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4830     wxRect r;
4831
4832     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4833
4834     int left, top, right, bottom;
4835     while ( iter )
4836     {
4837         r = iter.GetRect();
4838
4839         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4840         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4841         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4842         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4843         //
4844 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4845         int cw, ch;
4846         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4847         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4848         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4849         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4850         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4851 #endif
4852
4853         // logical bounds of update region
4854         //
4855         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
4856         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
4857
4858         // find the cells within these bounds
4859         //
4860         int row, col;
4861         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4862         {
4863             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
4864                 continue;
4865
4866             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4867                 break;
4868
4869             for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4870             {
4871                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
4872                     continue;
4873
4874                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4875                     break;
4876
4877                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
4878             }
4879         }
4880
4881         ++iter;
4882     }
4883
4884     return cellsExposed;
4885 }
4886
4887
4888 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4889 {
4890     int x, y, row;
4891     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
4892     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
4893
4894     if ( event.Dragging() )
4895     {
4896         if (!m_isDragging)
4897         {
4898             m_isDragging = true;
4899             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
4900         }
4901
4902         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4903         {
4904             switch( m_cursorMode )
4905             {
4906                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4907                 {
4908                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
4909                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4910                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
4911
4912                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
4913                     PrepareDC( dc );
4914                     y = wxMax( y,
4915                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
4916                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
4917                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4918                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4919                     {
4920                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
4921                     }
4922                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
4923                     m_dragLastPos = y;
4924                 }
4925                 break;
4926
4927                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
4928                 {
4929                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
4930                     {
4931                         if ( m_selection )
4932                         {
4933                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4934                                                     event.ControlDown(),
4935                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
4936                                                     event.AltDown(),
4937                                                     event.MetaDown() );
4938                         }
4939                     }
4940                 }
4941                 break;
4942
4943                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
4944                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
4945                 default:
4946                     break;
4947             }
4948         }
4949         return;
4950     }
4951
4952     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
4953         return;
4954
4955     if (m_isDragging)
4956     {
4957         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
4958         m_isDragging = false;
4959     }
4960
4961     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
4962     //
4963     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4964     {
4965         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
4966     }
4967
4968
4969     // ------------ Left button pressed
4970     //
4971     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
4972     {
4973         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
4974         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
4975         // wanting to resize the row
4976         //
4977         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
4978         {
4979             row = YToRow(y);
4980             if ( row >= 0  &&
4981                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
4982             {
4983                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
4984                     ClearSelection();
4985                 if ( m_selection )
4986                 {
4987                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4988                     {
4989                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4990                                                   0,
4991                                                   row,
4992                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
4993                                                   event.ControlDown(),
4994                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
4995                                                   event.AltDown(),
4996                                                   event.MetaDown() );
4997                     }
4998                     else
4999                     {
5000                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5001                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5002                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5003                                                 event.AltDown(),
5004                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5005                     }
5006                 }
5007
5008                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5009             }
5010         }
5011         else
5012         {
5013             // starting to drag-resize a row
5014             //
5015             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5016                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5017         }
5018     }
5019
5020
5021     // ------------ Left double click
5022     //
5023     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5024     {
5025         int row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5026         if ( row < 0 )
5027         {
5028             row = YToRow(y);
5029             if ( row >=0 &&
5030                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5031             {
5032                 // no default action at the moment
5033             }
5034         }
5035         else
5036         {
5037             // adjust row height depending on label text
5038             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5039
5040             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5041             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5042         }
5043     }
5044
5045
5046     // ------------ Left button released
5047     //
5048     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5049     {
5050         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5051         {
5052             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5053
5054             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5055             // default processing in this case
5056             //
5057             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5058         }
5059
5060         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5061         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5062     }
5063
5064
5065     // ------------ Right button down
5066     //
5067     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5068     {
5069         row = YToRow(y);
5070         if ( row >=0 &&
5071              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5072         {
5073             // no default action at the moment
5074         }
5075     }
5076
5077
5078     // ------------ Right double click
5079     //
5080     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5081     {
5082         row = YToRow(y);
5083         if ( row >= 0 &&
5084              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5085         {
5086             // no default action at the moment
5087         }
5088     }
5089
5090
5091     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5092     //
5093     else if ( event.Moving() )
5094     {
5095         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5096         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5097         {
5098             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5099             {
5100                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5101                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5102                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5103             }
5104         }
5105         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5106         {
5107             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5108         }
5109     }
5110 }
5111
5112
5113 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5114 {
5115     int x, y, col;
5116     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5117     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5118
5119     if ( event.Dragging() )
5120     {
5121         if (!m_isDragging)
5122         {
5123             m_isDragging = true;
5124             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5125         }
5126
5127         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5128         {
5129             switch( m_cursorMode )
5130             {
5131                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5132                 {
5133                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5134                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5135                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5136
5137                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5138                     PrepareDC( dc );
5139
5140                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5141                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5142                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5143                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5144                     {
5145                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5146                     }
5147                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5148                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5149                 }
5150                 break;
5151
5152                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5153                 {
5154                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5155                     {
5156                         if ( m_selection )
5157                         {
5158                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5159                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5160                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5161                                                     event.AltDown(),
5162                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5163                         }
5164                     }
5165                 }
5166                 break;
5167
5168                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5169                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5170                 default:
5171                     break;
5172             }
5173         }
5174         return;
5175     }
5176
5177     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5178         return;
5179
5180     if (m_isDragging)
5181     {
5182         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5183         m_isDragging = false;
5184     }
5185
5186     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5187     //
5188     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5189     {
5190         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5191     }
5192
5193
5194     // ------------ Left button pressed
5195     //
5196     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5197     {
5198         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5199         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5200         // wanting to resize the col
5201         //
5202         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5203         {
5204             col = XToCol(x);
5205             if ( col >= 0  &&
5206                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5207             {
5208                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
5209                     ClearSelection();
5210                 if ( m_selection )
5211                 {
5212                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5213                     {
5214                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5215                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5216                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5217                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5218                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5219                                                   event.AltDown(),
5220                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5221                     }
5222                     else
5223                     {
5224                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5225                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5226                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5227                                                 event.AltDown(),
5228                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5229                     }
5230                 }
5231
5232                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5233             }
5234         }
5235         else
5236         {
5237             // starting to drag-resize a col
5238             //
5239             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5240                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5241         }
5242     }
5243
5244
5245     // ------------ Left double click
5246     //
5247     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5248     {
5249         int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5250         if ( col < 0 )
5251         {
5252             col = XToCol(x);
5253             if ( col >= 0 &&
5254                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5255             {
5256                 // no default action at the moment
5257             }
5258         }
5259         else
5260         {
5261             // adjust column width depending on label text
5262             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5263
5264             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5265             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5266         }
5267     }
5268
5269
5270     // ------------ Left button released
5271     //
5272     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5273     {
5274         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5275         {
5276             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5277
5278             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5279             // default processing in this case
5280             //
5281             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5282         }
5283
5284         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5285         m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5286     }
5287
5288
5289     // ------------ Right button down
5290     //
5291     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5292     {
5293         col = XToCol(x);
5294         if ( col >= 0 &&
5295              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5296         {
5297             // no default action at the moment
5298         }
5299     }
5300
5301
5302     // ------------ Right double click
5303     //
5304     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5305     {
5306         col = XToCol(x);
5307         if ( col >= 0 &&
5308              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5309         {
5310             // no default action at the moment
5311         }
5312     }
5313
5314
5315     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5316     //
5317     else if ( event.Moving() )
5318     {
5319         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5320         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5321         {
5322             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5323             {
5324                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5325                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5326                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5327             }
5328         }
5329         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5330         {
5331             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5332         }
5333     }
5334 }
5335
5336
5337 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5338 {
5339     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5340     {
5341         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5342         // col args == -1
5343         //
5344         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5345         {
5346             SelectAll();
5347         }
5348     }
5349
5350     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5351     {
5352         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5353     }
5354
5355     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5356     {
5357         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5358         {
5359             // no default action at the moment
5360         }
5361     }
5362
5363     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5364     {
5365         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5366         {
5367             // no default action at the moment
5368         }
5369     }
5370 }
5371
5372 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5373                               wxWindow *win,
5374                               bool captureMouse)
5375 {
5376 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5377     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5378     {
5379         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5380         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5381         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5382         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5383         _T("SELECT_COL")
5384     };
5385
5386     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5387                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5388                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5389                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5390                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5391                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5392 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
5393
5394     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5395          win == m_winCapture &&
5396          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5397         return;
5398
5399     if ( !win )
5400     {
5401         // by default use the grid itself
5402         win = m_gridWin;
5403     }
5404
5405     if ( m_winCapture )
5406     {
5407         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5408         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5409     }
5410
5411     m_cursorMode = mode;
5412
5413     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5414     {
5415         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5416             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5417             break;
5418
5419         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5420             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5421             break;
5422
5423         default:
5424             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5425     }
5426
5427     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5428     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5429                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5430
5431     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5432     {
5433         win->CaptureMouse();
5434         m_winCapture = win;
5435     }
5436 }
5437
5438 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5439 {
5440     int x, y;
5441     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5442     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5443
5444     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5445     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5446
5447     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5448     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5449     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5450     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5451     {
5452         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5453         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5454     }
5455
5456     if ( event.Dragging() )
5457     {
5458         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5459
5460         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at
5461         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5462         if (! m_isDragging)
5463         {
5464             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5465             {
5466                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5467                 return;
5468             }
5469             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5470                 return;
5471         }
5472
5473         m_isDragging = true;
5474         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5475         {
5476             // Hide the edit control, so it
5477             // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
5478             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5479             {
5480                 HideCellEditControl();
5481                 SaveEditControlValue();
5482             }
5483
5484             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5485             if (! m_winCapture)
5486             {
5487                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5488                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5489             }
5490
5491             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5492             {
5493                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5494                 {
5495                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5496                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5497                     HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5498                 }
5499                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5500                 {
5501                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5502                     {
5503                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5504                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5505
5506                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5507                                    coords.GetRow(),
5508                                    coords.GetCol(),
5509                                    event );
5510                     }
5511                 }
5512                 else
5513                 {
5514                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5515                     {
5516                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5517                     }
5518                     else
5519                     {
5520                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5521                     }
5522                 }
5523
5524                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5525                 {
5526                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5527                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5528                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5529                 }
5530             }
5531         }
5532         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5533         {
5534             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5535             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5536             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5537
5538             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5539             PrepareDC( dc );
5540             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5541                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5542             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5543             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5544             {
5545                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5546             }
5547             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5548             m_dragLastPos = y;
5549         }
5550         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5551         {
5552             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5553             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5554             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5555
5556             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5557             PrepareDC( dc );
5558             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5559                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5560             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5561             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5562             {
5563                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5564             }
5565             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5566             m_dragLastPos = x;
5567         }
5568
5569         return;
5570     }
5571
5572     m_isDragging = false;
5573     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5574
5575     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5576     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5577     //     wxGTK
5578 #if 0
5579     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5580     {
5581         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5582         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5583     }
5584     else
5585 #endif // 0
5586
5587     // ------------ Left button pressed
5588     //
5589     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5590     {
5591         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5592                        coords.GetRow(),
5593                        coords.GetCol(),
5594                        event ) )
5595         {
5596             if ( !event.ControlDown() )
5597                 ClearSelection();
5598             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5599             {
5600                 if ( m_selection )
5601                 {
5602                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5603                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5604                                               coords.GetRow(),
5605                                               coords.GetCol(),
5606                                               event.ControlDown(),
5607                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5608                                               event.AltDown(),
5609                                               event.MetaDown() );
5610                 }
5611             }
5612             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&
5613                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5614             {
5615                 DisableCellEditControl();
5616                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5617
5618                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5619                 {
5620                     if ( m_selection )
5621                     {
5622                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5623                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5624                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5625                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5626                                                           event.AltDown(),
5627                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5628                     }
5629                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5630                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5631                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5632                 }
5633                 else
5634                 {
5635                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5636                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5637                     if ( m_selection )
5638                     {
5639                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5640                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5641                         {
5642                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5643                         }
5644                     }
5645                 }
5646             }
5647         }
5648     }
5649
5650
5651     // ------------ Left double click
5652     //
5653     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5654     {
5655         DisableCellEditControl();
5656
5657         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&  YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5658         {
5659             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5660                              coords.GetRow(),
5661                              coords.GetCol(),
5662                              event ) )
5663             {
5664                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5665                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5666                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5667             }
5668         }
5669
5670     }
5671
5672
5673     // ------------ Left button released
5674     //
5675     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5676     {
5677         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5678         {
5679             if (m_winCapture)
5680             {
5681                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5682                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5683             }
5684
5685             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl())
5686             {
5687                 ClearSelection();
5688                 EnableCellEditControl();
5689
5690                 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5691                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5692                 editor->StartingClick();
5693                 editor->DecRef();
5694                 attr->DecRef();
5695
5696                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5697             }
5698             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5699                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5700             {
5701                 if ( m_selection )
5702                 {
5703                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5704                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5705                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5706                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5707                                               event.ControlDown(),
5708                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5709                                               event.AltDown(),
5710                                               event.MetaDown() );
5711                 }
5712
5713                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5714                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5715
5716                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5717                 // drag-shrinking.
5718                 ShowCellEditControl();
5719             }
5720         }
5721         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5722         {
5723             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5724             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5725
5726             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5727             // default processing in this case
5728             //
5729             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5730         }
5731         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5732         {
5733             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5734             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5735
5736             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5737             // default processing in this case
5738             //
5739             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5740         }
5741
5742         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5743     }
5744
5745
5746     // ------------ Right button down
5747     //
5748     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5749     {
5750         DisableCellEditControl();
5751         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5752                          coords.GetRow(),
5753                          coords.GetCol(),
5754                          event ) )
5755         {
5756             // no default action at the moment
5757         }
5758     }
5759
5760
5761     // ------------ Right double click
5762     //
5763     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5764     {
5765         DisableCellEditControl();
5766         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5767                          coords.GetRow(),
5768                          coords.GetCol(),
5769                          event ) )
5770         {
5771             // no default action at the moment
5772         }
5773     }
5774
5775     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5776     //
5777     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5778     {
5779         if( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5780         {
5781             // out of grid cell area
5782             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5783             return;
5784         }
5785
5786         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5787         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5788
5789         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5790         // directions is not implemented yet...
5791         //
5792         if ( dragRow >= 0  &&  dragCol >= 0 )
5793         {
5794             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5795             return;
5796         }
5797
5798         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5799         {
5800             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5801
5802             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5803             {
5804                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5805                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5806             }
5807
5808             if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5809             {
5810                 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5811             }
5812
5813             return;
5814         }
5815
5816         if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5817         {
5818             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5819
5820             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5821             {
5822                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5823                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5824             }
5825
5826             return;
5827         }
5828
5829         // Neither on a row or col edge
5830         //
5831         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5832         {
5833             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5834         }
5835     }
5836 }
5837
5838
5839 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5840 {
5841     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5842     {
5843         // erase the last line and resize the row
5844         //
5845         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5846         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5847         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5848
5849         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5850         PrepareDC( dc );
5851         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5852         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5853         HideCellEditControl();
5854         SaveEditControlValue();
5855
5856         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5857         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5858                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5859
5860         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5861         {
5862             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5863             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
5864             rect.x = 0;
5865             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5866             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
5867             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5868             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5869             rect.width = cw;
5870             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5871             if (m_table)
5872             {
5873                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
5874                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
5875                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left+cw);
5876                 if (leftCol >= 0)
5877                 {
5878                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
5879                     {
5880                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5881                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
5882                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
5883                     }
5884                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
5885                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5886                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5887                 }
5888             }
5889             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5890         }
5891
5892         ShowCellEditControl();
5893     }
5894 }
5895
5896
5897 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
5898 {
5899     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5900     {
5901         // erase the last line and resize the col
5902         //
5903         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5904         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5905         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5906
5907         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5908         PrepareDC( dc );
5909         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5910         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5911         HideCellEditControl();
5912         SaveEditControlValue();
5913
5914         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
5915         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5916                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
5917                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
5918
5919         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5920         {
5921             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
5922             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
5923             rect.y = 0;
5924             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5925             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5926             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
5927             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5928             rect.height = ch;
5929             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5930             if (m_table)
5931             {
5932                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
5933                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
5934                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top+cw);
5935                 if (topRow >= 0)
5936                 {
5937                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
5938                     {
5939                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5940                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
5941                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
5942                     }
5943                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
5944                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5945                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5946                 }
5947             }
5948             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5949         }
5950
5951         ShowCellEditControl();
5952     }
5953 }
5954
5955
5956
5957 //
5958 // ------ interaction with data model
5959 //
5960 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
5961 {
5962     switch ( msg.GetId() )
5963     {
5964         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
5965             return GetModelValues();
5966
5967         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
5968             return SetModelValues();
5969
5970         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
5971         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
5972         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
5973         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
5974         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5975         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5976             return Redimension( msg );
5977
5978         default:
5979             return false;
5980     }
5981 }
5982
5983
5984
5985 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
5986 // Clear() function.  For the default wxGridStringTable class the
5987 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
5988 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
5989 //
5990 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
5991 {
5992     if ( m_table )
5993     {
5994         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5995             DisableCellEditControl();
5996
5997         m_table->Clear();
5998         if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh();
5999     }
6000 }
6001
6002
6003 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6004 {
6005     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6006
6007     if ( !m_created )
6008     {
6009         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6010         return false;
6011     }
6012
6013     if ( m_table )
6014     {
6015         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6016             DisableCellEditControl();
6017
6018         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6019         return done;
6020
6021         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6022         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6023     }
6024     return false;
6025 }
6026
6027
6028 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6029 {
6030     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6031
6032     if ( !m_created )
6033     {
6034         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6035         return false;
6036     }
6037
6038     if ( m_table )
6039     {
6040         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6041         return done;
6042         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6043         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6044     }
6045     return false;
6046 }
6047
6048
6049 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6050 {
6051     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6052
6053     if ( !m_created )
6054     {
6055         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6056         return false;
6057     }
6058
6059     if ( m_table )
6060     {
6061         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6062             DisableCellEditControl();
6063
6064         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6065         return done;
6066         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6067         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6068     }
6069     return false;
6070 }
6071
6072
6073 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6074 {
6075     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6076
6077     if ( !m_created )
6078     {
6079         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6080         return false;
6081     }
6082
6083     if ( m_table )
6084     {
6085         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6086             DisableCellEditControl();
6087
6088         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6089         return done;
6090         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6091         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6092     }
6093     return false;
6094 }
6095
6096
6097 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6098 {
6099     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6100
6101     if ( !m_created )
6102     {
6103         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6104         return false;
6105     }
6106
6107     if ( m_table )
6108     {
6109         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6110         return done;
6111         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6112         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6113     }
6114     return false;
6115 }
6116
6117
6118 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6119 {
6120     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6121
6122     if ( !m_created )
6123     {
6124         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6125         return false;
6126     }
6127
6128     if ( m_table )
6129     {
6130         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6131             DisableCellEditControl();
6132
6133         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6134         return done;
6135         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6136         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6137     }
6138     return false;
6139 }
6140
6141
6142
6143 //
6144 // ----- event handlers
6145 //
6146
6147 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6148 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6149 //
6150 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6151                         int row, int col,
6152                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6153 {
6154    bool claimed;
6155    bool vetoed;
6156
6157    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6158    {
6159        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6160
6161        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6162                type,
6163                this,
6164                rowOrCol,
6165                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6166                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6167                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6168                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6169                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6170                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6171
6172        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6173        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6174    }
6175    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6176    {
6177        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6178        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6179                type,
6180                this,
6181                m_selectingTopLeft,
6182                m_selectingBottomRight,
6183                true,
6184                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6185                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6186                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6187                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6188
6189        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6190        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6191    }
6192    else
6193    {
6194        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6195                type,
6196                this,
6197                row, col,
6198                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6199                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6200                false,
6201                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6202                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6203                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6204                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6205        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6206        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6207    }
6208
6209    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6210    if (vetoed) return -1;
6211    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6212 }
6213
6214
6215 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6216 // of ProcessEvent().
6217 //
6218 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6219                         int row, int col )
6220 {
6221    bool claimed;
6222    bool vetoed;
6223
6224     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6225     {
6226         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6227
6228         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6229                                  type,
6230                                  this,
6231                                  rowOrCol );
6232
6233         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6234         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6235     }
6236     else
6237     {
6238         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6239                              type,
6240                              this,
6241                              row, col );
6242
6243         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6244         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6245      }
6246
6247     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6248     if (vetoed) return -1;
6249     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6250 }
6251
6252
6253 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6254 {
6255     wxPaintDC dc(this);  // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6256 }
6257
6258 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6259 {
6260     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6261     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6262     if (! GetBatchCount())
6263     {
6264         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6265         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb,rect);
6266
6267         if (rect)
6268         {
6269             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6270             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6271             int x, y;
6272
6273             //Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6274             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6275             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6276             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6277             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6278
6279             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6280             if (width_label > rectWidth) width_label = rectWidth;
6281
6282             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6283             if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight;
6284
6285             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6286             {
6287                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6288                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6289             }
6290             else
6291             {
6292                 x = 0;
6293                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6294             }
6295
6296             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6297             {
6298                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6299                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6300             }
6301             else
6302             {
6303                 y = 0;
6304                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6305             }
6306
6307             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6308             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6309             {
6310                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6311                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6312             }
6313
6314             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6315             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6316             {
6317                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6318                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6319             }
6320
6321             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6322             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6323             {
6324                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6325                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6326             }
6327
6328             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6329             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6330             {
6331                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6332                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6333             }
6334         }
6335         else
6336         {
6337             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6338             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6339             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6340             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6341         }
6342     }
6343 }
6344
6345 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6346 {
6347     // position the child windows
6348     CalcWindowSizes();
6349
6350     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6351     // changes itself
6352     event.Skip();
6353 }
6354
6355
6356 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6357 {
6358     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6359     {
6360         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6361         //
6362         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6363     }
6364
6365     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6366
6367     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6368     //
6369     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6370     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6371     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6372
6373     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6374     {
6375
6376         // try local handlers
6377         //
6378         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6379         {
6380             case WXK_UP:
6381                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6382                 {
6383                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6384                 }
6385                 else
6386                 {
6387                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6388                 }
6389                 break;
6390
6391             case WXK_DOWN:
6392                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6393                 {
6394                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6395                 }
6396                 else
6397                 {
6398                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6399                 }
6400                 break;
6401
6402             case WXK_LEFT:
6403                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6404                 {
6405                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6406                 }
6407                 else
6408                 {
6409                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6410                 }
6411                 break;
6412
6413             case WXK_RIGHT:
6414                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6415                 {
6416                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6417                 }
6418                 else
6419                 {
6420                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6421                 }
6422                 break;
6423
6424             case WXK_RETURN:
6425             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6426                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6427                 {
6428                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6429                 }
6430                 else
6431                 {
6432                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6433                     {
6434                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6435                     }
6436                     else
6437                     {
6438                         // at the bottom of a column
6439                         DisableCellEditControl();
6440                     }
6441                 }
6442                 break;
6443
6444             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6445                 ClearSelection();
6446                 break;
6447
6448             case WXK_TAB:
6449                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6450                 {
6451                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6452                     {
6453                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6454                     }
6455                     else
6456                     {
6457                         // at left of grid
6458                         DisableCellEditControl();
6459                     }
6460                 }
6461                 else
6462                 {
6463                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
6464                     {
6465                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6466                     }
6467                     else
6468                     {
6469                         // at right of grid
6470                         DisableCellEditControl();
6471                     }
6472                 }
6473                 break;
6474
6475             case WXK_HOME:
6476                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6477                 {
6478                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6479                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6480                 }
6481                 else
6482                 {
6483                     event.Skip();
6484                 }
6485                 break;
6486
6487             case WXK_END:
6488                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6489                 {
6490                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6491                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6492                 }
6493                 else
6494                 {
6495                     event.Skip();
6496                 }
6497                 break;
6498
6499             case WXK_PRIOR:
6500                 MovePageUp();
6501                 break;
6502
6503             case WXK_NEXT:
6504                 MovePageDown();
6505                 break;
6506
6507             case WXK_SPACE:
6508                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6509                 {
6510                     if ( m_selection )
6511                     {
6512                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6513                                                           m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6514                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6515                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6516                                                           event.AltDown(),
6517                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6518                     }
6519                     break;
6520                 }
6521                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6522                 {
6523                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6524                     break;
6525                 }
6526                 // Otherwise fall through to default
6527
6528             default:
6529                 event.Skip();
6530                 break;
6531         }
6532     }
6533
6534     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6535 }
6536
6537 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6538 {
6539     // try local handlers
6540     //
6541     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6542     {
6543         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6544              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6545         {
6546             if ( m_selection )
6547             {
6548                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6549                                           m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6550                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6551                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6552                                           event.ControlDown(),
6553                                           true,
6554                                           event.AltDown(),
6555                                           event.MetaDown() );
6556             }
6557         }
6558
6559         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6560         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6561         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6562     }
6563 }
6564
6565 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6566 {
6567     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6568     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6569     {
6570         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6571         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6572         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6573         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6574         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6575
6576         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6577         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6578         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6579              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6580         {
6581             // ensure cell is visble
6582             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6583             EnableCellEditControl();
6584
6585             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6586             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6587             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6588             // crash the app
6589             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6590                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6591         }
6592         else
6593         {
6594             event.Skip();
6595         }
6596
6597         editor->DecRef();
6598         attr->DecRef();
6599     }
6600     else
6601     {
6602         event.Skip();
6603     }
6604 }
6605
6606
6607 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6608 {
6609 }
6610
6611 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6612 {
6613     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6614     {
6615         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6616         return;
6617     }
6618
6619     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6620     PrepareDC(dc);
6621
6622     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6623     {
6624         DisableCellEditControl();
6625
6626         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6627         {
6628             wxRect r;
6629             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
6630             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6631             {
6632                 r.x--;
6633                 r.y--;
6634                 r.width++;
6635                 r.height++;
6636             }
6637
6638             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6639
6640             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6641             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6642
6643             DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells);
6644             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6645         }
6646     }
6647
6648     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6649
6650     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6651     DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
6652     attr->DecRef();
6653 }
6654
6655
6656 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6657 {
6658     int temp;
6659     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6660
6661     if ( m_selection )
6662     {
6663         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6664         {
6665             leftCol = 0;
6666             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6667         }
6668         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6669         {
6670             topRow = 0;
6671             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6672         }
6673     }
6674
6675     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6676     {
6677         temp = topRow;
6678         topRow = bottomRow;
6679         bottomRow = temp;
6680     }
6681
6682     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6683     {
6684         temp = leftCol;
6685         leftCol = rightCol;
6686         rightCol = temp;
6687     }
6688
6689     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6690     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6691
6692     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6693     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6694          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6695     {
6696         wxRect rect;
6697         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6698                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6699         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6700     }
6701     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6702     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6703               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6704     {
6705         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6706         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6707         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6708         wxRect  rect[4];
6709         bool    need_refresh[4];
6710         need_refresh[0] =
6711         need_refresh[1] =
6712         need_refresh[2] =
6713         need_refresh[3] = false;
6714         int     i;
6715
6716         // Store intermediate values
6717         wxCoord oldLeft   = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6718         wxCoord oldTop    = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6719         wxCoord oldRight  = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6720         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6721
6722         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6723         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6724         {
6725             temp = oldLeft;
6726             oldLeft = leftCol;
6727             leftCol = temp;
6728         }
6729         if (oldTop > topRow )
6730         {
6731             temp = oldTop;
6732             oldTop = topRow;
6733             topRow = temp;
6734         }
6735         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6736         {
6737             temp = oldRight;
6738             oldRight = rightCol;
6739             rightCol = temp;
6740         }
6741         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6742         {
6743             temp = oldBottom;
6744             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6745             bottomRow = temp;
6746         }
6747
6748         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6749         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6750         // is contained in the other.
6751
6752         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6753         {
6754             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6755             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6756             need_refresh[0] = true;
6757             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6758                                                             oldLeft ),
6759                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6760                                                             leftCol - 1 ) );
6761         }
6762
6763         if ( oldTop  < topRow )
6764         {
6765             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6766             // area above the old or new selection.
6767             need_refresh[1] = true;
6768             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6769                                                             leftCol ),
6770                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
6771                                                             rightCol ) );
6772         }
6773
6774         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6775         {
6776             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6777             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6778             need_refresh[2] = true;
6779             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6780                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
6781                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6782                                                             oldRight ) );
6783         }
6784
6785         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6786         {
6787             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6788             // area below the old or new selection.
6789             need_refresh[3] = true;
6790             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
6791                                                             leftCol ),
6792                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6793                                                             rightCol ) );
6794         }
6795
6796         // various Refresh() calls
6797         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6798             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6799                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6800     }
6801     // Change Selection
6802     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6803     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6804 }
6805
6806 //
6807 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6808 //
6809
6810 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6811 {
6812     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6813     HideCellEditControl();
6814
6815     if ( m_table )
6816     {
6817         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6818         //
6819         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6820         return true;
6821     }
6822
6823     return false;
6824 }
6825
6826
6827 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6828 {
6829     int row, col;
6830
6831     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6832     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6833     // I think so ...
6834     DisableCellEditControl();
6835
6836     if ( m_table )
6837     {
6838         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6839         {
6840             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6841             {
6842                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6843             }
6844         }
6845
6846         return true;
6847     }
6848
6849     return false;
6850 }
6851
6852
6853
6854 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6855 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6856 // CalcExposedCells)
6857 //
6858 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6859 {
6860     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return;
6861
6862     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6863     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6864     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6865
6866     for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6867     {
6868         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6869         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6870         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6871
6872         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6873         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6874         {
6875             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
6876             bool marked = false;
6877             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
6878             {
6879                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6880                 {
6881                     marked = true;
6882                     break;
6883                 }
6884             }
6885             if (!marked)
6886             {
6887                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6888                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
6889                 {
6890                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
6891                     {
6892                         marked = true;
6893                         break;
6894                     }
6895                 }
6896                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6897             }
6898             continue; // don't bother drawing this cell
6899         }
6900
6901         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
6902         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
6903         {
6904             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
6905             {
6906                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
6907                 int left = col;
6908                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
6909                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
6910                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
6911                         left=redrawCells[k].GetCol();
6912
6913                 if (left == col) left = 0; // oh well
6914
6915                 for (int j = col-1; j >= left; j--)
6916                 {
6917                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j))
6918                     {
6919                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
6920                         {
6921                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
6922                             bool marked = false;
6923
6924                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
6925                             {
6926                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
6927                                 {
6928                                     marked = true;
6929                                     break;
6930                                 }
6931                             }
6932                             if (!marked)
6933                             {
6934                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6935                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
6936                                 {
6937                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
6938                                     {
6939                                         marked = true;
6940                                         break;
6941                                     }
6942                                 }
6943                                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6944                             }
6945                         }
6946                         break;
6947                     }
6948                 }
6949             }
6950         }
6951         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
6952     }
6953
6954     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
6955
6956     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6957     {
6958         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
6959     }
6960 }
6961
6962
6963 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
6964 {
6965   int cw, ch;
6966   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6967
6968   int right, bottom;
6969   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
6970
6971   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
6972   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ;
6973
6974   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
6975   {
6976       int left, top;
6977       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
6978
6979       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
6980       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
6981
6982       if ( right > rightCol )
6983       {
6984           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch);
6985       }
6986
6987       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
6988       {
6989           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow);
6990       }
6991   }
6992 }
6993
6994
6995 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6996 {
6997     int row = coords.GetRow();
6998     int col = coords.GetCol();
6999
7000     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7001         return;
7002
7003     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7004 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7005     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7006         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7007 #endif
7008
7009     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7010
7011     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7012
7013     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7014
7015     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7016     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7017     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7018     {
7019         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7020         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7021         editor->DecRef();
7022     }
7023     else
7024     {
7025         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be
7026         // customized
7027         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7028         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7029         renderer->DecRef();
7030     }
7031
7032     attr->DecRef();
7033 }
7034
7035 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7036 {
7037     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7038     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7039
7040     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7041         return;
7042
7043     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7044
7045     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7046     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7047     // it doesn't look really good
7048
7049     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7050
7051     if (penWidth > 0)
7052     {
7053         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7054         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will
7055         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
7056         // the line.  If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
7057         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7058         rect.x += penWidth/2;
7059         rect.y += penWidth/2;
7060         rect.width -= penWidth-1;
7061         rect.height -= penWidth-1;
7062
7063
7064         // Now draw the rectangle
7065         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7066         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7067         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col)?m_selectionForeground:m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7068         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7069         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7070     }
7071
7072 #if 0
7073         // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders...
7074
7075         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7076         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7077                 y1 = rect.y,
7078                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1,
7079                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1;
7080
7081         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7082         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7083         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7084
7085         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7086         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 );
7087
7088         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7089         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7090         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1);
7091 #endif // 0
7092 }
7093
7094
7095 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7096 {
7097     int row = coords.GetRow();
7098     int col = coords.GetCol();
7099     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7100         return;
7101
7102     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7103
7104     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7105
7106     // right hand border
7107     //
7108     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7109                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7110
7111     // bottom border
7112     //
7113     dc.DrawLine( rect.x,              rect.y + rect.height,
7114                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7115 }
7116
7117 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const  wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7118 {
7119     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7120     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7121     //
7122     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
7123          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7124     {
7125         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7126     }
7127
7128     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7129     {
7130         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7131         return;
7132     }
7133
7134     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7135     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7136     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7137     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7138     {
7139         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7140         {
7141             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7142             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7143             attr->DecRef();
7144
7145             break;
7146         }
7147     }
7148 }
7149
7150 // TODO: remove this ???
7151 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7152 // has been changed
7153 //
7154 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7155 {
7156 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7157     return;
7158 #endif
7159
7160     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ||
7161          !m_numRows ||
7162          !m_numCols ) return;
7163
7164     int top, bottom, left, right;
7165
7166 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7167     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7168     {
7169       int cw, ch;
7170       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7171
7172       // virtual coords of visible area
7173       //
7174       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7175       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7176     }
7177     else
7178     {
7179       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7180       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7181       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7182       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7183     }
7184 #else
7185       int cw, ch;
7186       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7187       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7188       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7189 #endif
7190
7191     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7192     //
7193     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7194     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7195
7196     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7197     int leftCol   = internalXToCol(left);
7198     int topRow    = internalYToRow(top);
7199     int rightCol  = internalXToCol(right);
7200     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7201
7202 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7203     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7204     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7205
7206     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7207     wxRect rect;
7208
7209     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7210     {
7211         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7212         {
7213             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7214             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7215             {
7216                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7217                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7218                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7219             }
7220             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7221             {
7222                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7223                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7224                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7225             }
7226         }
7227     }
7228 #else
7229     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7230
7231     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7232     wxRect rect;
7233
7234     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7235     {
7236         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7237         {
7238             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7239             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7240             {
7241                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7242                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7243             }
7244             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7245             {
7246                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7247                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7248             }
7249         }
7250     }
7251 #endif
7252     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7253
7254     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7255
7256     // horizontal grid lines
7257     //
7258     // already declared above - int i;
7259     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7260     {
7261         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7262
7263         if ( bot > bottom )
7264         {
7265             break;
7266         }
7267
7268         if ( bot >= top )
7269         {
7270             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7271         }
7272     }
7273
7274
7275     // vertical grid lines
7276     //
7277     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7278     {
7279         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7280         if ( colRight > right )
7281         {
7282             break;
7283         }
7284
7285         if ( colRight >= left )
7286         {
7287             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7288         }
7289     }
7290     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7291 }
7292
7293
7294 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7295 {
7296     if ( !m_numRows ) return;
7297
7298     size_t i;
7299     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7300
7301     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7302     {
7303         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7304     }
7305 }
7306
7307
7308 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7309 {
7310     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7311         return;
7312
7313     wxRect rect;
7314 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7315     rect.SetX( 1 );
7316     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7317     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7318     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7319
7320     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7321
7322     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7323
7324     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7325 #else
7326     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7327         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7328
7329     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7330     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop,
7331                  m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
7332
7333     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7334
7335     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7336
7337     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7338     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7339     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop );
7340 #endif
7341     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7342     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7343     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7344
7345     int hAlign, vAlign;
7346     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7347
7348     rect.SetX( 2 );
7349     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7350     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7351     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7352     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7353 }
7354
7355
7356 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7357 {
7358     if ( !m_numCols ) return;
7359
7360     size_t i;
7361     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7362
7363     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7364     {
7365         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7366     }
7367 }
7368
7369
7370 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7371 {
7372     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7373         return;
7374
7375     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7376
7377     wxRect rect;
7378 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7379     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7380     rect.SetY( 1 );
7381     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7382     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7383
7384     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7385
7386     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7387 #else
7388     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7389
7390     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7391     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
7392                  colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7393
7394     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7395
7396     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1,
7397                  colRight+1, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7398
7399     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7400     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7401     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7402 #endif
7403     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7404     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7405     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7406
7407     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7408     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7409     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7410
7411     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7412     rect.SetY( 2 );
7413     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7414     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7415     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7416 }
7417
7418 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7419                                 const wxString& value,
7420                                 const wxRect& rect,
7421                                 int horizAlign,
7422                                 int vertAlign,
7423                                 int textOrientation )
7424 {
7425     wxArrayString lines;
7426
7427     StringToLines( value, lines );
7428
7429
7430     //Forward to new API.
7431     DrawTextRectangle(  dc,
7432         lines,
7433         rect,
7434         horizAlign,
7435         vertAlign,
7436         textOrientation );
7437
7438 }
7439
7440 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7441                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7442                                const wxRect& rect,
7443                                int horizAlign,
7444                                int vertAlign,
7445                                int textOrientation )
7446 {
7447     long textWidth, textHeight;
7448     long lineWidth, lineHeight;
7449     int nLines;
7450
7451     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7452
7453     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7454     if( nLines > 0 )
7455     {
7456         int l;
7457         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7458
7459         if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7460             GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight);
7461         else
7462             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7463
7464         switch( vertAlign )
7465         {
7466         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7467             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7468                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7469             else
7470                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7471             break;
7472
7473         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7474             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7475                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2);
7476             else
7477                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2);
7478             break;
7479
7480         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7481         default:
7482             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7483                 y = rect.y + 1;
7484             else
7485                 x = rect.x + 1;
7486             break;
7487         }
7488
7489         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7490         for( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7491         {
7492             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7493
7494             switch( horizAlign )
7495             {
7496             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7497                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7498                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7499                 else
7500                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7501                 break;
7502
7503             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7504                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7505                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth)/2);
7506                 else
7507                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth)/2);
7508                 break;
7509
7510             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7511             default:
7512                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7513                     x = rect.x + 1;
7514                 else
7515                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7516                 break;
7517             }
7518
7519             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7520             {
7521                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7522                 y += lineHeight;
7523             }
7524             else
7525             {
7526                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7527                 x += lineHeight;
7528             }
7529         }
7530     }
7531     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7532 }
7533
7534
7535 // Split multi line text up into an array of strings.  Any existing
7536 // contents of the string array are preserved.
7537 //
7538 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7539 {
7540     int startPos = 0;
7541     int pos;
7542     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7543     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7544
7545     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() )
7546     {
7547         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7548         if ( pos < 0 )
7549         {
7550             break;
7551         }
7552         else if ( pos == 0 )
7553         {
7554             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7555         }
7556         else
7557         {
7558             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7559         }
7560         startPos += pos+1;
7561     }
7562     if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() )
7563     {
7564         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7565     }
7566 }
7567
7568
7569 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc,
7570                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7571                              long *width, long *height )
7572 {
7573     long w = 0;
7574     long h = 0;
7575     long lineW, lineH;
7576
7577     size_t i;
7578     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7579     {
7580         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7581         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7582         h += lineH;
7583     }
7584
7585     *width = w;
7586     *height = h;
7587 }
7588
7589 //
7590 // ------ Batch processing.
7591 //
7592 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7593 {
7594     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7595     {
7596         m_batchCount--;
7597         if ( !m_batchCount )
7598         {
7599             CalcDimensions();
7600             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7601             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7602             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7603             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7604         }
7605     }
7606 }
7607
7608 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7609 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7610 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7611 //
7612 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7613 {
7614     BeginBatch();
7615     EndBatch();
7616 }
7617
7618 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7619 {
7620     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7621         return false;
7622
7623     // redraw in the new state
7624     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7625
7626     return true;
7627 }
7628
7629 //
7630 // ------ Edit control functions
7631 //
7632
7633
7634 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7635 {
7636     // TODO: improve this ?
7637     //
7638     if ( edit != m_editable )
7639     {
7640         if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7641         m_editable = edit;
7642     }
7643 }
7644
7645
7646 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7647 {
7648     if (! m_editable)
7649         return;
7650
7651     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7652         SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7653
7654     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7655     {
7656         if ( enable )
7657         {
7658             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7659                 return;
7660
7661             // this should be checked by the caller!
7662             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(),
7663                           _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7664
7665             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7666             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7667
7668             ShowCellEditControl();
7669         }
7670         else
7671         {
7672             //FIXME:add veto support
7673             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
7674
7675             HideCellEditControl();
7676             SaveEditControlValue();
7677
7678             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7679             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7680         }
7681     }
7682 }
7683
7684 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7685 {
7686     // const_cast
7687     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7688     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7689     attr->DecRef();
7690
7691     return readonly;
7692 }
7693
7694 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7695 {
7696     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7697         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7698
7699 }
7700
7701 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7702 {
7703     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7704     // current one if it's read only
7705     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7706 }
7707
7708 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7709 {
7710     bool isShown = false;
7711
7712     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7713     {
7714         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7715         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7716         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7717         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7718         attr->DecRef();
7719
7720         if ( editor )
7721         {
7722             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7723             {
7724                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7725             }
7726
7727             editor->DecRef();
7728         }
7729     }
7730
7731     return isShown;
7732 }
7733
7734 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7735 {
7736     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7737     {
7738         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
7739         {
7740             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7741             return;
7742         }
7743         else
7744         {
7745             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7746             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7747             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7748
7749             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7750             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7751             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7752             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7753             {
7754                 row += cell_rows;
7755                 col += cell_cols;
7756                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7757                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7758             }
7759
7760             // convert to scrolled coords
7761             //
7762             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7763
7764             // done in PaintBackground()
7765 #if 0
7766             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7767             // might not cover the entire cell
7768             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7769             PrepareDC( dc );
7770             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7771             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7772             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7773 #endif // 0
7774
7775             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7776             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7777             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7778             // "don't change."
7779             if (rect.x > 0)
7780                 rect.x--;
7781             if (rect.y > 0)
7782                 rect.y--;
7783
7784             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7785             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7786             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7787             {
7788                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7789                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7790
7791                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7792                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7793                                              this,
7794                                              row,
7795                                              col,
7796                                              editor->GetControl());
7797                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7798             }
7799
7800
7801             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7802             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7803             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7804             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7805             {
7806                 int y;
7807                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y,
7808                         NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7809                 if (maxWidth < rect.width) maxWidth = rect.width;
7810             }
7811             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7812             if (rect.x+maxWidth > client_right)
7813                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7814
7815             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7816             {
7817                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7818                 // may have changed earlier
7819                 for (int i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7820                 {
7821                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7822                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7823                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7824                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i) &&
7825                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7826                         rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
7827                     else
7828                         break;
7829                 }
7830                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7831                     rect.SetRight(client_right-1);
7832             }
7833
7834             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
7835             editor->SetSize( rect );
7836             editor->Show( true, attr );
7837
7838             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7839             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7840             CalcDimensions();
7841
7842             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7843             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7844
7845             editor->DecRef();
7846             attr->DecRef();
7847         }
7848     }
7849 }
7850
7851
7852 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7853 {
7854     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7855     {
7856         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7857         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7858
7859         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7860         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7861         editor->Show( false );
7862         editor->DecRef();
7863         attr->DecRef();
7864
7865         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7866
7867         // refresh whole row to the right
7868         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
7869         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7870         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
7871 #ifdef __WXMAC__
7872         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
7873         rect.Inflate(10,10);
7874 #endif
7875         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7876     }
7877 }
7878
7879
7880 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
7881 {
7882     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7883     {
7884         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7885         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7886
7887         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col);
7888
7889         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7890         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7891         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
7892
7893         editor->DecRef();
7894         attr->DecRef();
7895
7896         if (changed)
7897         {
7898             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
7899                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7900                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) {
7901
7902                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
7903                 SetCellValue(row,col,oldval);
7904             }
7905         }
7906     }
7907 }
7908
7909
7910 //
7911 // ------ Grid location functions
7912 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
7913 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
7914 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
7915 //
7916
7917 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7918 {
7919     int row = YToRow(y);
7920     int col = XToCol(x);
7921
7922     if ( row == -1  ||  col == -1 )
7923     {
7924         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7925     }
7926     else
7927     {
7928         coords.Set( row, col );
7929     }
7930 }
7931
7932
7933 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
7934 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
7935 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
7936 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
7937
7938 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
7939                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
7940                            bool clipToMinMax)
7941 {
7942
7943     if (coord < 0)
7944         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
7945
7946
7947     if (!defaultDist)
7948         defaultDist = 1;
7949
7950     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
7951            i_min = 0;
7952
7953     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
7954     {
7955         if((int) i_max < nMax)
7956             return i_max;
7957         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
7958     }
7959
7960     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7961         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7962     else
7963     {
7964         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7965         {
7966             i_min = i_max;
7967             if (minDist)
7968                 i_max = coord / minDist;
7969             else
7970                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7971         }
7972         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7973             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7974     }
7975     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7976         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
7977     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
7978         return 0;
7979
7980     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
7981     {
7982         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
7983                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
7984         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
7985             return i_max;
7986         else
7987             i_max--;
7988         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
7989         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
7990             i_max = median;
7991         else
7992             i_min = median;
7993     }
7994     return i_max;
7995 }
7996
7997 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
7998 {
7999     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8000                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8001 }
8002
8003
8004 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8005 {
8006     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8007                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8008 }
8009
8010
8011 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8012 // -1 if not near an edge
8013 //
8014 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8015 {
8016     int i;
8017     i = internalYToRow(y);
8018
8019     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8020     {
8021         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8022         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8023         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8024             return i;
8025         else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8026             return i - 1;
8027     }
8028
8029     return -1;
8030 }
8031
8032
8033 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8034 // -1 if not near an edge
8035 //
8036 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8037 {
8038     int i;
8039     i = internalXToCol(x);
8040
8041     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8042     {
8043         // We know that we are in column i,  test whether we are
8044         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8045         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8046             return i;
8047         else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8048             return i - 1;
8049     }
8050
8051     return -1;
8052 }
8053
8054
8055 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8056 {
8057     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8058
8059     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8060          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8061     {
8062         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8063         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8064         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8065         // if negative then find multicell owner
8066         if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows;
8067         if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols;
8068         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8069
8070         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8071         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8072         for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
8073             rect.width  += GetColWidth(i);
8074         for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++)
8075             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8076     }
8077
8078     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8079     if (m_gridLinesEnabled) {
8080         rect.width -= 1;
8081         rect.height -= 1;
8082     }
8083     return rect;
8084 }
8085
8086
8087 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8088 {
8089     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8090     //
8091     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8092
8093     // convert to device coords
8094     //
8095     int left, top, right, bottom;
8096     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8097     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8098
8099     // check against the client area of the grid window
8100     //
8101     int cw, ch;
8102     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8103
8104     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8105     {
8106         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8107         //
8108         return ( left >= 0  &&  right <= cw  &&
8109                  top >= 0  &&  bottom <= ch );
8110     }
8111     else
8112     {
8113         // is the cell partly visible ?
8114         //
8115         return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw))  &&
8116                  ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8117     }
8118 }
8119
8120
8121 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8122 // of scrolling
8123 //
8124 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8125 {
8126
8127     int i;
8128     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8129
8130     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8131          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8132     {
8133         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8134         //
8135         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8136
8137         // convert to device coords
8138         //
8139         int left, top, right, bottom;
8140         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8141         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8142
8143         int cw, ch;
8144         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8145
8146         if ( top < 0 )
8147         {
8148             ypos = r.GetTop();
8149         }
8150         else if ( bottom > ch )
8151         {
8152             int h = r.GetHeight();
8153             ypos = r.GetTop();
8154             for ( i = row-1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
8155             {
8156                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8157                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8158                     break;
8159
8160                 h += rowHeight;
8161                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8162             }
8163
8164             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8165             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8166             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8167             //
8168             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8169             // scroll unit...
8170             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8171         }
8172
8173         if ( left < 0 )
8174         {
8175             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8176         }
8177         else if ( right > cw )
8178         {
8179             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8180             int x0, y0;
8181             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8182             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8183
8184             // see comment for ypos above
8185             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8186         }
8187
8188         if ( xpos != -1  ||  ypos != -1 )
8189         {
8190             if ( xpos != -1 )
8191                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8192             if ( ypos != -1 )
8193                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8194             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8195             AdjustScrollbars();
8196         }
8197     }
8198 }
8199
8200
8201 //
8202 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8203 //
8204
8205 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8206 {
8207     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8208          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8209     {
8210         if ( expandSelection)
8211         {
8212             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8213                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8214             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8215             {
8216                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8217                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8218                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8219                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8220             }
8221         }
8222         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8223         {
8224             ClearSelection();
8225             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8226                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8227             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8228                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8229         }
8230         else
8231             return false;
8232         return true;
8233     }
8234
8235     return false;
8236 }
8237
8238
8239 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8240 {
8241     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8242          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8243     {
8244         if ( expandSelection )
8245         {
8246             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8247                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8248             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8249             {
8250                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8251                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8252                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8253                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8254             }
8255         }
8256         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8257         {
8258             ClearSelection();
8259             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8260                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8261             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8262                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8263         }
8264         else
8265             return false;
8266         return true;
8267     }
8268
8269     return false;
8270 }
8271
8272
8273 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8274 {
8275     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8276          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8277     {
8278         if ( expandSelection )
8279         {
8280             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8281                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8282             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8283             {
8284                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8285                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8286                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8287                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8288             }
8289         }
8290         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8291         {
8292             ClearSelection();
8293             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8294                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8295             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8296                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8297         }
8298         else
8299             return false;
8300         return true;
8301     }
8302
8303     return false;
8304 }
8305
8306
8307 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8308 {
8309     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8310          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8311     {
8312         if ( expandSelection )
8313         {
8314             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8315                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8316             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8317             {
8318                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8319                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8320                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8321                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8322             }
8323         }
8324         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8325         {
8326             ClearSelection();
8327             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8328                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8329             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8330                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8331         }
8332         else
8333             return false;
8334         return true;
8335     }
8336
8337     return false;
8338 }
8339
8340
8341 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8342 {
8343     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8344
8345     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8346     if ( row > 0 )
8347     {
8348         int cw, ch;
8349         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8350
8351         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8352         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8353
8354         if ( newRow == row )
8355         {
8356             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8357             newRow = row - 1;
8358         }
8359
8360         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8361         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8362
8363         return true;
8364     }
8365
8366     return false;
8367 }
8368
8369 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8370 {
8371     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8372
8373     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8374     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )
8375     {
8376         int cw, ch;
8377         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8378
8379         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8380         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8381         if ( newRow == row )
8382         {
8383             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8384             newRow = row + 1;
8385         }
8386
8387         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8388         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8389
8390         return true;
8391     }
8392
8393     return false;
8394 }
8395
8396 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8397 {
8398     if ( m_table &&
8399          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8400          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8401     {
8402         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8403         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8404
8405         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8406         {
8407             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8408             // non-empty cells
8409             //
8410             while ( row > 0 )
8411             {
8412                 row-- ;
8413                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8414             }
8415         }
8416         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) )
8417         {
8418             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8419             //
8420             row--;
8421             while ( row > 0 )
8422             {
8423                 row-- ;
8424                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8425             }
8426         }
8427         else
8428         {
8429             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8430             //
8431             while ( row > 0 )
8432             {
8433                 row-- ;
8434                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8435                 {
8436                     row++ ;
8437                     break;
8438                 }
8439             }
8440         }
8441
8442         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8443         if ( expandSelection )
8444         {
8445             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8446             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8447         }
8448         else
8449         {
8450             ClearSelection();
8451             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8452         }
8453         return true;
8454     }
8455
8456     return false;
8457 }
8458
8459 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8460 {
8461     if ( m_table &&
8462          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8463          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8464     {
8465         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8466         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8467
8468         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8469         {
8470             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8471             // non-empty cells
8472             //
8473             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8474             {
8475                 row++ ;
8476                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8477             }
8478         }
8479         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) )
8480         {
8481             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8482             //
8483             row++;
8484             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8485             {
8486                 row++ ;
8487                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8488             }
8489         }
8490         else
8491         {
8492             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8493             //
8494             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8495             {
8496                 row++ ;
8497                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8498                 {
8499                     row-- ;
8500                     break;
8501                 }
8502             }
8503         }
8504
8505         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8506         if ( expandSelection )
8507         {
8508             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8509             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8510         }
8511         else
8512         {
8513             ClearSelection();
8514             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8515         }
8516
8517         return true;
8518     }
8519
8520     return false;
8521 }
8522
8523 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8524 {
8525     if ( m_table &&
8526          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8527          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8528     {
8529         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8530         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8531
8532         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8533         {
8534             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8535             // non-empty cells
8536             //
8537             while ( col > 0 )
8538             {
8539                 col-- ;
8540                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8541             }
8542         }
8543         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) )
8544         {
8545             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8546             //
8547             col--;
8548             while ( col > 0 )
8549             {
8550                 col-- ;
8551                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8552             }
8553         }
8554         else
8555         {
8556             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8557             //
8558             while ( col > 0 )
8559             {
8560                 col-- ;
8561                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8562                 {
8563                     col++ ;
8564                     break;
8565                 }
8566             }
8567         }
8568
8569         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8570         if ( expandSelection )
8571         {
8572             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8573             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8574         }
8575         else
8576         {
8577             ClearSelection();
8578             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8579         }
8580
8581         return true;
8582     }
8583
8584     return false;
8585 }
8586
8587 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8588 {
8589     if ( m_table &&
8590          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8591          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 )
8592     {
8593         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8594         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8595
8596         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8597         {
8598             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8599             // non-empty cells
8600             //
8601             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8602             {
8603                 col++ ;
8604                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8605             }
8606         }
8607         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) )
8608         {
8609             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8610             //
8611             col++;
8612             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8613             {
8614                 col++ ;
8615                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8616             }
8617         }
8618         else
8619         {
8620             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8621             //
8622             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8623             {
8624                 col++ ;
8625                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8626                 {
8627                     col-- ;
8628                     break;
8629                 }
8630             }
8631         }
8632
8633         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8634         if ( expandSelection )
8635         {
8636             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8637             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8638         }
8639         else
8640         {
8641             ClearSelection();
8642             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8643         }
8644
8645         return true;
8646     }
8647
8648     return false;
8649 }
8650
8651
8652
8653 //
8654 // ------ Label values and formatting
8655 //
8656
8657 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8658 {
8659     *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8660     *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8661 }
8662
8663 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8664 {
8665     *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8666     *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8667 }
8668
8669 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8670 {
8671     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8672 }
8673
8674 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8675 {
8676     if ( m_table )
8677     {
8678         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8679     }
8680     else
8681     {
8682         wxString s;
8683         s << row;
8684         return s;
8685     }
8686 }
8687
8688 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8689 {
8690     if ( m_table )
8691     {
8692         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8693     }
8694     else
8695     {
8696         wxString s;
8697         s << col;
8698         return s;
8699     }
8700 }
8701
8702
8703 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8704 {
8705     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8706     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8707     {
8708         if ( width == 0 )
8709         {
8710             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8711             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8712         }
8713         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8714         {
8715             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8716             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8717         }
8718
8719         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8720         CalcWindowSizes();
8721         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8722     }
8723 }
8724
8725
8726 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8727 {
8728     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8729     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8730     {
8731         if ( height == 0 )
8732         {
8733             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8734             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8735         }
8736         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8737         {
8738             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8739             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8740         }
8741
8742         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8743         CalcWindowSizes();
8744         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8745     }
8746 }
8747
8748
8749 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8750 {
8751     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8752     {
8753         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8754         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8755         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8756         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8757
8758         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8759         {
8760             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8761             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8762             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8763         }
8764     }
8765 }
8766
8767 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8768 {
8769     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8770     {
8771         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8772         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8773         {
8774             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8775             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8776         }
8777     }
8778 }
8779
8780 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8781 {
8782     m_labelFont = font;
8783     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8784     {
8785         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8786         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8787     }
8788 }
8789
8790 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8791 {
8792     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8793     switch ( horiz )
8794     {
8795         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8796         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8797         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8798     }
8799
8800     switch ( vert )
8801     {
8802         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8803         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8804         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8805     }
8806
8807     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8808     {
8809         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8810     }
8811
8812     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8813     {
8814         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8815     }
8816
8817     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8818     {
8819         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8820     }
8821 }
8822
8823 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8824 {
8825     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8826     switch ( horiz )
8827     {
8828         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8829         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8830         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8831     }
8832
8833     switch ( vert )
8834     {
8835         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8836         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8837         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8838     }
8839
8840     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8841     {
8842         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8843     }
8844
8845     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8846     {
8847         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8848     }
8849
8850     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8851     {
8852         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8853     }
8854 }
8855
8856 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8857 //       does not support vertical printing
8858 //
8859 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
8860 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
8861 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
8862 //
8863 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
8864 {
8865     if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
8866     {
8867         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
8868     }
8869
8870     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8871     {
8872         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8873     }
8874 }
8875
8876 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
8877 {
8878     if ( m_table )
8879     {
8880         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
8881         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8882         {
8883             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0);
8884             if ( rect.height > 0 )
8885             {
8886                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8887                 rect.x = 0;
8888                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8889                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8890             }
8891         }
8892     }
8893 }
8894
8895 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
8896 {
8897     if ( m_table )
8898     {
8899         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
8900         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8901         {
8902             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
8903             if ( rect.width > 0 )
8904             {
8905                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8906                 rect.y = 0;
8907                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8908                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8909             }
8910         }
8911     }
8912 }
8913
8914 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
8915 {
8916     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
8917     {
8918         m_gridLineColour = colour;
8919
8920         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8921         PrepareDC( dc );
8922         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8923     }
8924 }
8925
8926
8927 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
8928 {
8929     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
8930     {
8931         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
8932
8933         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8934         PrepareDC( dc );
8935         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8936         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
8937         attr->DecRef();
8938     }
8939 }
8940
8941 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
8942 {
8943     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) {
8944         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
8945
8946         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8947         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8948         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8949         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8950         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8951             return;
8952         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8953         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8954     }
8955 }
8956
8957 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
8958 {
8959     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) {
8960         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
8961
8962         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8963         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8964         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8965         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8966         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8967             return;
8968         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8969         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8970     }
8971 }
8972
8973 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
8974 {
8975     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
8976     {
8977         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
8978
8979         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8980         {
8981             if ( enable )
8982             {
8983                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8984                 PrepareDC( dc );
8985                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8986             }
8987             else
8988             {
8989                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
8990             }
8991         }
8992     }
8993 }
8994
8995
8996 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
8997 {
8998     return m_defaultRowHeight;
8999 }
9000
9001 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9002 {
9003     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9004
9005     return GetRowHeight(row);
9006 }
9007
9008 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9009 {
9010     return m_defaultColWidth;
9011 }
9012
9013 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9014 {
9015     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9016
9017     return GetColWidth(col);
9018 }
9019
9020 // ============================================================================
9021 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9022 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9023 // ============================================================================
9024
9025 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9026 // setting default attributes
9027 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9028
9029 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9030 {
9031     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9032 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9033     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9034 #endif
9035 }
9036
9037 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9038 {
9039     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9040 }
9041
9042 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9043 {
9044     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9045 }
9046
9047 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9048 {
9049     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9050 }
9051
9052 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9053 {
9054     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9055 }
9056
9057
9058 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9059 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9060 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9061 // work correctly.
9062
9063 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9064 {
9065     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9066                      renderer,
9067                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9068 }
9069
9070 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9071 {
9072     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9073                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9074                      editor);
9075 }
9076
9077 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9078 // access to the default attrbiutes
9079 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9080
9081 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9082 {
9083     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9084 }
9085
9086 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9087 {
9088     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9089 }
9090
9091 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9092 {
9093     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9094 }
9095
9096 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9097 {
9098     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9099 }
9100
9101 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9102 {
9103     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9104 }
9105
9106 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9107 {
9108     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9109 }
9110
9111 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9112 {
9113     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0);
9114 }
9115
9116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9117 // access to cell attributes
9118 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9119
9120 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9121 {
9122     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9123     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9124     attr->DecRef();
9125     return colour;
9126 }
9127
9128 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9129 {
9130     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9131     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9132     attr->DecRef();
9133     return colour;
9134 }
9135
9136 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9137 {
9138     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9139     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9140     attr->DecRef();
9141     return font;
9142 }
9143
9144 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9145 {
9146     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9147     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9148     attr->DecRef();
9149 }
9150
9151 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9152 {
9153     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9154     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9155     attr->DecRef();
9156     return allow;
9157 }
9158
9159 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9160 {
9161     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9162     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9163     attr->DecRef();
9164 }
9165
9166 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9167 {
9168     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9169     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9170     attr->DecRef();
9171
9172     return renderer;
9173 }
9174
9175 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9176 {
9177     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9178     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9179     attr->DecRef();
9180
9181     return editor;
9182 }
9183
9184 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9185 {
9186     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9187     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9188     attr->DecRef();
9189     return isReadOnly;
9190 }
9191
9192 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9193 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9194 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9195
9196 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9197 {
9198     if ( !m_table )
9199     {
9200         return false;
9201     }
9202
9203     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9204 }
9205
9206 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9207 {
9208     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9209     {
9210         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9211         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9212         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9213     }
9214 }
9215
9216 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9217 {
9218     if ( attr != NULL )
9219     {
9220         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9221
9222         self->ClearAttrCache();
9223         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9224         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9225         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9226         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9227     }
9228 }
9229
9230 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9231 {
9232     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9233     {
9234         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9235         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9236
9237 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9238         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9239 #endif
9240
9241         return true;
9242     }
9243     else
9244     {
9245 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9246         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9247 #endif
9248         return false;
9249     }
9250 }
9251
9252 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9253 {
9254     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9255     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9256     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9257     if ( row >= 0 )
9258     {
9259         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9260         {
9261             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9262                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9263             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9264         }
9265     }
9266     if (attr)
9267     {
9268         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9269     }
9270     else
9271     {
9272         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9273         attr->IncRef();
9274     }
9275
9276     return attr;
9277 }
9278
9279 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9280 {
9281     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9282     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9283
9284     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9285     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9286
9287     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9288     if ( !attr )
9289     {
9290         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9291
9292         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9293         attr->IncRef();
9294         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9295     }
9296
9297     return attr;
9298 }
9299
9300 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9301 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9302 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9303
9304 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9305 {
9306     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9307 }
9308
9309 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9310 {
9311     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9312 }
9313
9314 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9315 {
9316     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9317     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9318     {
9319         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9320     }
9321
9322     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9323 }
9324
9325 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9326 {
9327     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9328     if(!attr)
9329         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9330     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9331     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9332
9333     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9334
9335 }
9336
9337 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9338 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9339 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9340
9341 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9342 {
9343     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9344     {
9345         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9346         ClearAttrCache();
9347     }
9348     else
9349     {
9350         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9351     }
9352 }
9353
9354 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9355 {
9356     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9357     {
9358         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9359         ClearAttrCache();
9360     }
9361     else
9362     {
9363         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9364     }
9365 }
9366
9367 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9368 {
9369     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9370     {
9371         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9372         ClearAttrCache();
9373     }
9374     else
9375     {
9376         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9377     }
9378 }
9379
9380 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9381 {
9382     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9383     {
9384         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9385         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9386         attr->DecRef();
9387     }
9388 }
9389
9390 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9391 {
9392     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9393     {
9394         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9395         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9396         attr->DecRef();
9397     }
9398 }
9399
9400 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9401 {
9402     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9403     {
9404         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9405         attr->SetFont(font);
9406         attr->DecRef();
9407     }
9408 }
9409
9410 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9411 {
9412     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9413     {
9414         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9415         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9416         attr->DecRef();
9417     }
9418 }
9419
9420 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9421 {
9422     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9423     {
9424         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9425         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9426         attr->DecRef();
9427     }
9428 }
9429
9430 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9431 {
9432     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9433     {
9434         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9435
9436         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9437         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9438         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9439         attr->DecRef();
9440
9441         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9442         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9443         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9444         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9445         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9446                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9447         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9448                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9449
9450         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9451         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9452         {
9453             int i, j;
9454             for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
9455             {
9456                 for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
9457                 {
9458                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9459                     {
9460                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9461                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9462                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9463                     }
9464                 }
9465             }
9466         }
9467
9468         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9469         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9470         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9471         {
9472             int i, j;
9473             for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++)
9474             {
9475                 for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++)
9476                 {
9477                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9478                     {
9479                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9480                         attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i );
9481                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9482                     }
9483                 }
9484             }
9485         }
9486     }
9487 }
9488
9489 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9490 {
9491     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9492     {
9493         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9494         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9495         attr->DecRef();
9496     }
9497 }
9498
9499 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9500 {
9501     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9502     {
9503         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9504         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9505         attr->DecRef();
9506     }
9507 }
9508
9509 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9510 {
9511     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9512     {
9513         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9514         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9515         attr->DecRef();
9516     }
9517 }
9518
9519 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9520 // Data type registration
9521 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9522
9523 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9524                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9525                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9526 {
9527     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9528 }
9529
9530
9531 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9532 {
9533     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9534     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9535 }
9536
9537 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9538 {
9539     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9540     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9541 }
9542
9543 wxGridCellEditor*
9544 wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9545 {
9546     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9547     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9548     {
9549         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9550
9551         return NULL;
9552     }
9553
9554     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9555 }
9556
9557 wxGridCellRenderer*
9558 wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9559 {
9560     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9561     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9562     {
9563         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9564
9565         return NULL;
9566     }
9567
9568     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9569 }
9570
9571
9572 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9573 // row/col size
9574 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9575
9576 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9577 {
9578     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9579 }
9580
9581
9582 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9583 {
9584     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9585 }
9586
9587 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9588 {
9589     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9590 }
9591
9592 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9593 {
9594     m_canDragCell = enable;
9595 }
9596
9597 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9598 {
9599     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9600
9601     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9602     {
9603         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9604         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9605         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9606         // some speed optimisations)
9607         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9608         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9609         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9610             CalcDimensions();
9611     }
9612 }
9613
9614 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9615 {
9616     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9617
9618     // See comment in SetColSize
9619     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) { return; }
9620
9621     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9622     {
9623         // need to really create the array
9624         InitRowHeights();
9625     }
9626
9627     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9628     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9629
9630     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9631     int i;
9632     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9633     {
9634         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9635     }
9636     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9637         CalcDimensions();
9638 }
9639
9640 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9641 {
9642     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9643
9644     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9645     {
9646         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9647         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9648         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9649         // some speed optimisations)
9650         m_colWidths.Empty();
9651         m_colRights.Empty();
9652         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9653             CalcDimensions();
9654     }
9655 }
9656
9657 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9658 {
9659     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9660
9661     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9662     //                                                                 (VZ)
9663     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9664     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9665     // constariant of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9666     //
9667     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9668
9669     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) { return; }
9670
9671     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9672     {
9673         // need to really create the array
9674         InitColWidths();
9675     }
9676
9677     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9678     if( width < 0 )
9679     {
9680       long w, h;
9681       wxArrayString lines;
9682       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9683       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9684       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9685       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9686       width = w + 6;
9687     }
9688     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9689     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9690     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9691
9692     int i;
9693     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9694     {
9695         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9696     }
9697     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9698         CalcDimensions();
9699 }
9700
9701
9702 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9703 {
9704     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) {
9705         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9706         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9707     }
9708 }
9709
9710 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9711 {
9712     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) {
9713         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9714         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9715     }
9716 }
9717
9718 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9719 {
9720     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9721     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9722     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9723 }
9724
9725 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9726 {
9727     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9728     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9729     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9730 }
9731
9732 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9733 {
9734     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9735     // an easy way to temporarily hidding columns.
9736     if ( width<0 )
9737         return;
9738     m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9739 }
9740
9741 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9742 {
9743     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9744     // an easy way to temporarily hidding rows.
9745     if ( height<0 )
9746         return;
9747     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9748 };
9749
9750 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9751 {
9752     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9753 }
9754
9755 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9756 {
9757     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9758 }
9759
9760 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9761 // auto sizing
9762 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9763
9764 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9765 {
9766     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9767
9768     //Cancel editting of cell
9769     HideCellEditControl();
9770     SaveEditControlValue();
9771
9772     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one
9773     int row = -1,
9774         col = -1;
9775     if ( column )
9776         col = colOrRow;
9777     else
9778         row = colOrRow;
9779
9780     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9781     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9782     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9783     {
9784         if ( column )
9785             row = rowOrCol;
9786         else
9787             col = rowOrCol;
9788
9789         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9790         wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9791         if ( renderer )
9792         {
9793             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9794             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9795             if ( extent > extentMax )
9796             {
9797                 extentMax = extent;
9798             }
9799
9800             renderer->DecRef();
9801         }
9802
9803         attr->DecRef();
9804     }
9805
9806     // now also compare with the column label extent
9807     wxCoord w, h;
9808     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9809
9810     if ( column )
9811     {
9812         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9813         if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9814             w = h;
9815     }
9816     else
9817         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9818
9819     extent = column ? w : h;
9820     if ( extent > extentMax )
9821     {
9822         extentMax = extent;
9823     }
9824
9825     if ( !extentMax )
9826     {
9827         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9828         // than default extent but != 0, it's ok)
9829         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9830     }
9831     else
9832     {
9833         if ( column )
9834         {
9835             // leave some space around text
9836             extentMax += 10;
9837         }
9838         else
9839         {
9840             extentMax += 6;
9841         }
9842     }
9843
9844     if ( column )
9845     {
9846         SetColSize(col, extentMax);
9847         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9848         {
9849             int cw, ch, dummy;
9850             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9851             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9852             rect.y = 0;
9853             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
9854             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
9855             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9856             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9857         }
9858     }
9859     else
9860     {
9861         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
9862         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9863         {
9864             int cw, ch, dummy;
9865             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9866             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
9867             rect.x = 0;
9868             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
9869             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9870             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
9871             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9872         }
9873     }
9874     if ( setAsMin )
9875     {
9876         if ( column )
9877             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
9878         else
9879             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
9880     }
9881 }
9882
9883 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9884 {
9885     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9886
9887     if ( !calcOnly )
9888         BeginBatch();
9889
9890     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9891     {
9892         if ( !calcOnly )
9893         {
9894             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
9895         }
9896
9897         width += GetColWidth(col);
9898     }
9899
9900     if ( !calcOnly )
9901         EndBatch();
9902
9903     return width;
9904 }
9905
9906 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9907 {
9908     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
9909
9910     if ( !calcOnly )
9911         BeginBatch();
9912
9913     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9914     {
9915         if ( !calcOnly )
9916         {
9917             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
9918         }
9919
9920         height += GetRowHeight(row);
9921     }
9922
9923     if ( !calcOnly )
9924         EndBatch();
9925
9926     return height;
9927 }
9928
9929 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
9930 {
9931     BeginBatch();
9932
9933     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
9934
9935     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
9936     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
9937     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
9938     // scrollbar steps
9939     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
9940                    GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY);
9941
9942     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
9943     // extra white space
9944
9945     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
9946     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
9947     if ( diff && m_numCols )
9948     {
9949         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9950         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
9951         if ( diffPerCol )
9952         {
9953             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9954             {
9955                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
9956             }
9957         }
9958
9959         // add remaining amount to the last columns
9960         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
9961         if ( diff )
9962         {
9963             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
9964             {
9965                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
9966             }
9967         }
9968     }
9969
9970     // same for rows
9971     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
9972     if ( diff && m_numRows )
9973     {
9974         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9975         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
9976         if ( diffPerRow )
9977         {
9978             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9979             {
9980                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
9981             }
9982         }
9983
9984         // add remaining amount to the last rows
9985         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
9986         if ( diff )
9987         {
9988             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
9989             {
9990                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
9991             }
9992         }
9993     }
9994
9995     EndBatch();
9996
9997     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
9998 }
9999
10000 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10001 {
10002     wxArrayString lines;
10003     long w, h;
10004
10005     // Hide the edit control, so it
10006     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10007     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10008     {
10009         HideCellEditControl();
10010         SaveEditControlValue();
10011     }
10012
10013     // autosize row height depending on label text
10014     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10015     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10016     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10017     if( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10018         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10019     SetRowSize(row, h);
10020     ForceRefresh();
10021 }
10022
10023 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10024 {
10025     wxArrayString lines;
10026     long w, h;
10027
10028     // Hide the edit control, so it
10029     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10030     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10031     {
10032         HideCellEditControl();
10033         SaveEditControlValue();
10034     }
10035
10036     // autosize column width depending on label text
10037     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10038     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10039     if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10040         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10041     else
10042         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w);
10043     if( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10044         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10045     SetColSize(col, w);
10046     ForceRefresh();
10047 }
10048
10049 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10050 {
10051     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10052     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10053
10054     int width, height;
10055     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10056     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10057
10058     if (!width) width=100;
10059     if (!height) height=80;
10060
10061     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate NOTE: this still doesn't get rid
10062     // of the scrollbars, is there any magic incantaion for that?
10063     int xpu, ypu;
10064     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10065     if (xpu)
10066         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10067     if (ypu)
10068         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10069
10070     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10071     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10072     wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );
10073     maxwidth /= 2;
10074     maxheight /= 2;
10075     if ( width > maxwidth ) width = maxwidth;
10076     if ( height > maxheight ) height = maxheight;
10077
10078
10079     wxSize best(width, height);
10080     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10081     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10082     // calculation.
10083     // CacheBestSize(size);
10084     return best;
10085 }
10086
10087 void wxGrid::Fit()
10088 {
10089     AutoSize();
10090 }
10091
10092
10093 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10094 {
10095     return wxNullPen;
10096 }
10097
10098 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10099 // cell value accessor functions
10100 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10101
10102 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10103 {
10104     if ( m_table )
10105     {
10106         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10107         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10108         {
10109             int dummy;
10110             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10111             rect.x = 0;
10112             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10113             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10114             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10115         }
10116
10117         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10118              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10119              IsCellEditControlShown())
10120              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10121              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10122              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10123         {
10124             HideCellEditControl();
10125             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10126         }
10127     }
10128 }
10129
10130
10131 //
10132 // ------ Block, row and col selection
10133 //
10134
10135 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10136 {
10137     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10138         ClearSelection();
10139
10140     if ( m_selection )
10141         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10142 }
10143
10144
10145 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10146 {
10147     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10148         ClearSelection();
10149
10150     if ( m_selection )
10151         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10152 }
10153
10154
10155 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10156                           bool addToSelected )
10157 {
10158     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10159         ClearSelection();
10160
10161     if ( m_selection )
10162         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10163                                   false, addToSelected );
10164 }
10165
10166
10167 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10168 {
10169     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10170     {
10171         if ( m_selection )
10172             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
10173     }
10174 }
10175
10176 //
10177 // ------ Cell, row and col deselection
10178 //
10179
10180 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10181 {
10182     if ( !m_selection )
10183         return;
10184
10185     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10186     {
10187         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10188             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0);
10189     }
10190     else
10191     {
10192         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10193         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ )
10194         {
10195             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10196                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i);
10197         }
10198     }
10199 }
10200
10201 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10202 {
10203     if ( !m_selection )
10204         return;
10205
10206     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10207     {
10208         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10209             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col);
10210     }
10211     else
10212     {
10213         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10214         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ )
10215         {
10216             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10217                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10218         }
10219     }
10220 }
10221
10222 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10223 {
10224     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10225         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10226 }
10227
10228 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10229 {
10230     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10231              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10232                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10233 }
10234
10235 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10236 {
10237     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10238              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10239                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10240                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10241                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10242 }
10243
10244 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10245 {
10246     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10247     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10248 }
10249 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10250 {
10251     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10252     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10253 }
10254 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10255 {
10256     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10257     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10258 }
10259 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10260 {
10261     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10262     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10263 }
10264 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10265 {
10266     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10267     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10268 }
10269
10270
10271 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10272 {
10273     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10274     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10275     if ( m_selection )
10276         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10277 }
10278
10279
10280 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10281 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10282 //
10283 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10284                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10285 {
10286     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10287     wxRect cellRect;
10288
10289     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10290     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10291     {
10292         rect = cellRect;
10293     }
10294     else
10295     {
10296         rect = wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10297     }
10298
10299     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10300     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10301     {
10302         rect += cellRect;
10303     }
10304     else
10305     {
10306         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10307     }
10308
10309     int i, j;
10310     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10311     int top = rect.GetTop();
10312     int right = rect.GetRight();
10313     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10314
10315     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10316     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10317     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10318     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10319
10320     if (left > right)
10321     {
10322         i = left;
10323         left = right;
10324         right = i;
10325         i = leftCol;
10326         leftCol=rightCol;
10327         rightCol = i;
10328     }
10329
10330     if (top > bottom)
10331     {
10332         i = top;
10333         top = bottom;
10334         bottom = i;
10335         i = topRow;
10336         topRow = bottomRow;
10337         bottomRow = i;
10338     }
10339
10340
10341     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10342     {
10343         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10344         {
10345             if ((j==topRow) || (j==bottomRow) || (i==leftCol) || (i==rightCol))
10346             {
10347                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10348
10349                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10350                     left = cellRect.x;
10351                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10352                     top = cellRect.y;
10353                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10354                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10355                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10356                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10357             }
10358             else i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10359         }
10360     }
10361
10362     // convert to scrolled coords
10363     //
10364     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10365     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10366
10367     int cw, ch;
10368     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10369
10370     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10371         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10372
10373     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10374     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10375     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10376     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10377
10378     return rect;
10379 }
10380
10381 //
10382 // ------ Grid event classes
10383 //
10384
10385 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10386
10387 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10388                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10389                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10390         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10391 {
10392     m_row = row;
10393     m_col = col;
10394     m_x = x;
10395     m_y = y;
10396     m_selecting = sel;
10397     m_control = control;
10398     m_shift = shift;
10399     m_alt = alt;
10400     m_meta = meta;
10401
10402     SetEventObject(obj);
10403 }
10404
10405
10406 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10407
10408 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10409                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10410                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10411         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10412 {
10413     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10414     m_x = x;
10415     m_y = y;
10416     m_control = control;
10417     m_shift = shift;
10418     m_alt = alt;
10419     m_meta = meta;
10420
10421     SetEventObject(obj);
10422 }
10423
10424
10425 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10426
10427 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10428                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10429                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10430                                                bool sel, bool control,
10431                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10432         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10433 {
10434     m_topLeft     = topLeft;
10435     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10436     m_selecting   = sel;
10437     m_control     = control;
10438     m_shift       = shift;
10439     m_alt         = alt;
10440     m_meta        = meta;
10441
10442     SetEventObject(obj);
10443 }
10444
10445
10446 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10447
10448 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10449                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10450                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10451     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10452 {
10453     SetEventObject(obj);
10454     m_row = row;
10455     m_col = col;
10456     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10457 }
10458
10459 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
10460